blob: ca7e25d1391e006529f0f45ad021bb4255857473 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
Bram Moolenaar164c60f2011-01-22 00:11:50 +01002922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003117 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003118 {
Bram Moolenaarfd30cd42011-03-22 13:07:26 +01003119 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003120 {
3121 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
3122 update_screen(0);
3123 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
3124 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003125 continue;
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003126 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003127 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003129 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130 continue;
3131
3132 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3133 n = buf[0];
3134 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3135 {
3136 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3137 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3138 || n == K_IGNORE
3139#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3140 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3141 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3142 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3143 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3144 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3145 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3146 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3147 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3148 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3149 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3150 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3151 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003152 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3153 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003154 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3155 || n == K_X1DRAG
3156 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3157 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3158 || n == K_X2DRAG
3159 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3160# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3161 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3162 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3163# endif
3164#endif
3165 )
3166 {
3167 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3168 mod_mask = buf[2];
3169 len -= 3;
3170 if (len > 0)
3171 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3172 continue;
3173 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003174 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175 }
3176#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3177 if (has_mbyte)
3178 {
3179 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3180 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3181 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3182 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3183 }
3184#endif
3185#ifdef UNIX
3186 if (n == intr_char)
3187 n = ESC;
3188#endif
3189 break;
3190 }
3191
3192 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3193 return n;
3194}
3195
3196/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003197 * Get a number from the user.
3198 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199 */
3200 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003201get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3202 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3203 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204{
3205 int n = 0;
3206 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003207 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003209 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3210 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3213 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3214 if (msg_silent != 0)
3215 return 0;
3216
3217#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3218 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3219#endif
3220 ++no_mapping;
3221 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3222 for (;;)
3223 {
3224 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3225 c = safe_vgetc();
3226 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3227 {
3228 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3229 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003230 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 }
3232 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3233 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003234 if (typed > 0)
3235 {
3236 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3237 --typed;
3238 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003241#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3242 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3243 {
3244 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3245 n = mouse_row + 1;
3246 break;
3247 }
3248#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3250 {
3251 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3252 if (!exmode_active)
3253 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3254 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3255 do_redraw = FALSE;
3256 break;
3257 }
3258 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3259 break;
3260 }
3261 --no_mapping;
3262 --allow_keys;
3263 return n;
3264}
3265
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003266/*
3267 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003268 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3269 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003270 */
3271 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003272prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3273 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003274{
3275 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003276 int save_cmdline_row;
3277 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003278
3279 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003280 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003281 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003282 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003283 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003284
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003285 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3286 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003287 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003288 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003289 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003290 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003291
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003292 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3293 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003294 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003295 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3296 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003297 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3298 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3299 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003300 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003301 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003302 else
3303 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3304 State = save_State;
3305
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003306 return i;
3307}
3308
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309 void
3310msgmore(n)
3311 long n;
3312{
3313 long pn;
3314
3315 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3317 return;
3318
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003319 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3320 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3321 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3322 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3323 return;
3324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325 if (n > 0)
3326 pn = n;
3327 else
3328 pn = -n;
3329
3330 if (pn > p_report)
3331 {
3332 if (pn == 1)
3333 {
3334 if (n > 0)
3335 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3336 else
3337 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3338 }
3339 else
3340 {
3341 if (n > 0)
3342 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3343 else
3344 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3345 }
3346 if (got_int)
3347 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3348 if (msg(msg_buf))
3349 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003350 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003351 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352 }
3353 }
3354}
3355
3356/*
3357 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3358 */
3359 void
3360beep_flush()
3361{
3362 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3363 {
3364 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3365 vim_beep();
3366 }
3367}
3368
3369/*
3370 * give a warning for an error
3371 */
3372 void
3373vim_beep()
3374{
3375 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3376 {
3377 if (p_vb
3378#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3379 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3380 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3381 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3382#endif
3383 )
3384 {
3385 out_str(T_VB);
3386 }
3387 else
3388 {
3389#ifdef MSDOS
3390 /*
3391 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3392 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3393 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3394 */
3395 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3396 {
3397 out_char(BELL);
3398 beep_count = 1;
3399 }
3400 else
3401 ++beep_count;
3402#else
3403 out_char(BELL);
3404#endif
3405 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003406
3407 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3408 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3409 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3410 {
3411 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3412 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3413 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003414 }
3415}
3416
3417/*
3418 * To get the "real" home directory:
3419 * - get value of $HOME
3420 * For Unix:
3421 * - go to that directory
3422 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3423 * This also works with mounts and links.
3424 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3425 */
3426static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3427
3428 void
3429init_homedir()
3430{
3431 char_u *var;
3432
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003433 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3434 vim_free(homedir);
3435 homedir = NULL;
3436
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003437#ifdef VMS
3438 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3439#else
3440 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3441#endif
3442
3443 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3444 var = NULL;
3445
3446#ifdef WIN3264
3447 /*
3448 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3449 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3450 * when $HOME is being set.
3451 */
3452 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3453 {
3454 char_u *p;
3455 char_u *exp;
3456
3457 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3458 if (p != NULL)
3459 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003460 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003461 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3462 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3463 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3464 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003465 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003466 var = NameBuff;
3467 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3468 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3469 }
3470 }
3471 }
3472
3473 /*
3474 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3475 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3476 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3477 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3478 */
3479 if (var == NULL)
3480 {
3481 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3482
3483 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3484 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003485 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3486 homepath = "\\";
3487 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003488 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3489 {
3490 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3491 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3492 {
3493 var = NameBuff;
3494 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3495 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3496 }
3497 }
3498 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003499
3500# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3501 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3502 {
3503 int len;
3504 char_u *pp;
3505
3506 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3507 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003508 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003509 if (pp != NULL)
3510 {
3511 homedir = pp;
3512 return;
3513 }
3514 }
3515# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516#endif
3517
3518#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3519 /*
3520 * Default home dir is C:/
3521 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3522 */
3523 if (var == NULL)
3524 var = "C:/";
3525#endif
3526 if (var != NULL)
3527 {
3528#ifdef UNIX
3529 /*
3530 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3531 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3532 */
3533 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3534 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3535 {
3536 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3537 var = IObuff;
3538 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3539 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3540 }
3541#endif
3542 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3543 }
3544}
3545
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003546#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3547 void
3548free_homedir()
3549{
3550 vim_free(homedir);
3551}
3552#endif
3553
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003555 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3556 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3557 * again soon.
3558 */
3559 char_u *
3560expand_env_save(src)
3561 char_u *src;
3562{
3563 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3564}
3565
3566/*
3567 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3568 * expand "~" at the start.
3569 */
3570 char_u *
3571expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3572 char_u *src;
3573 int one;
3574{
3575 char_u *p;
3576
3577 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3578 if (p != NULL)
3579 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3580 return p;
3581}
3582
3583/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003584 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3585 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003586 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003587 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3588 */
3589 void
3590expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3591 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3592 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3593 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3594{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003595 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003596}
3597
3598 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003599expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003600 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003601 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3602 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3603 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003604 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003605 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003607 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608 char_u *tail;
3609 int c;
3610 char_u *var;
3611 int copy_char;
3612 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3613 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003614 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003616 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003617 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003618
3619 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003620 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3621 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3622 {
3623 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003624 if ((*src == '$'
3625#ifdef VMS
3626 && at_start
3627#endif
3628 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003629#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3630 || *src == '%'
3631#endif
3632 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3633 {
3634 mustfree = FALSE;
3635
3636 /*
3637 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3638 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3639 */
3640 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3641 {
3642 tail = src + 1;
3643 var = dst;
3644 c = dstlen - 1;
3645
3646#ifdef UNIX
3647 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3648 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3649 {
3650 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3651 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3652 *var++ = *tail++;
3653 }
3654 else
3655#endif
3656 {
3657 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3658#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3659 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3660#endif
3661 ))
3662 {
3663#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3664 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3665 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3666#else
3667 *var++ = *tail++;
3668#endif
3669 }
3670 }
3671
3672#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3673# ifdef UNIX
3674 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3675# else
3676 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3677# endif
3678 var = NULL;
3679 else
3680 {
3681# ifdef UNIX
3682 if (src[1] == '{')
3683# else
3684 if (*src == '%')
3685#endif
3686 ++tail;
3687#endif
3688 *var = NUL;
3689 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3690#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3691 }
3692#endif
3693 }
3694 /* home directory */
3695 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3696 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3697 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3698 {
3699 var = homedir;
3700 tail = src + 1;
3701 }
3702 else /* user directory */
3703 {
3704#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3705 /*
3706 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3707 */
3708 tail = src;
3709 var = dst;
3710 c = dstlen - 1;
3711 while ( c-- > 0
3712 && *tail
3713 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3714 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3715 *var++ = *tail++;
3716 *var = NUL;
3717# ifdef UNIX
3718 /*
3719 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3720 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3721 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3722 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3723 */
3724# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3725 {
3726 struct passwd *pw;
3727
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003728 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3729 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003730 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3731 if (pw != NULL)
3732 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3733 else
3734 var = NULL;
3735 }
3736 if (var == NULL)
3737# endif
3738 {
3739 expand_T xpc;
3740
3741 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3742 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3743 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3744 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003745 mustfree = TRUE;
3746 }
3747
3748# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3749 /*
3750 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3751 * directories to search for the user account in.
3752 */
3753 {
3754 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3755 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3756 struct stat st;
3757
3758 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3759 next_path = paths;
3760 while (*next_path)
3761 {
3762 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3763 next_path++);
3764 if (*next_path)
3765 *next_path++ = NUL;
3766 STRCPY(test, path);
3767 STRCAT(test, "/");
3768 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3769 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3770 {
3771 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3772 STRCPY(var, test);
3773 mustfree = TRUE;
3774 break;
3775 }
3776 }
3777 }
3778# endif /* UNIX */
3779#else
3780 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3781 var = NULL;
3782 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3783#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3784 }
3785
3786#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3787 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3788 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3789 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3790 {
3791 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3792
3793 if (p != NULL)
3794 {
3795 if (mustfree)
3796 vim_free(var);
3797 var = p;
3798 mustfree = TRUE;
3799 forward_slash(var);
3800 }
3801 }
3802#endif
3803
3804 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3805 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3806 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3807 {
3808 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3809
3810 if (p != NULL)
3811 {
3812 if (mustfree)
3813 vim_free(var);
3814 var = p;
3815 mustfree = TRUE;
3816 }
3817 }
3818
3819 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3820 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3821 {
3822 STRCPY(dst, var);
3823 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003824 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3826 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003827 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003828#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3829 && dst[-1] != ':'
3830#endif
3831 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3832 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003833 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003834 src = tail;
3835 copy_char = FALSE;
3836 }
3837 if (mustfree)
3838 vim_free(var);
3839 }
3840
3841 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3842 {
3843 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003844 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003845 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3846 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003847 */
3848 at_start = FALSE;
3849 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3850 {
3851 *dst++ = *src++;
3852 --dstlen;
3853 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003854 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003855 at_start = TRUE;
3856 *dst++ = *src++;
3857 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003858
3859 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3860 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3861 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 }
3863 }
3864 *dst = NUL;
3865}
3866
3867/*
3868 * Vim's version of getenv().
3869 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003870 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003871 */
3872 char_u *
3873vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3874 char_u *name;
3875 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3876{
3877 char_u *p;
3878 char_u *pend;
3879 int vimruntime;
3880
3881#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3882 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3883 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3884 return homedir;
3885#endif
3886
3887 p = mch_getenv(name);
3888 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3889 p = NULL;
3890
3891 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003892 {
3893#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3894 if (enc_utf8)
3895 {
3896 int len;
3897 char_u *pp;
3898
3899 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3900 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003901 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003902 if (pp != NULL)
3903 {
3904 p = pp;
3905 *mustfree = TRUE;
3906 }
3907 }
3908#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003909 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003910 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003911
3912 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3913 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3914 return NULL;
3915
3916 /*
3917 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3918 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3919 */
3920 if (vimruntime
3921#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3922 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3923#endif
3924 )
3925 {
3926 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3927 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3928 p = NULL;
3929 if (p != NULL)
3930 {
3931 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3932 if (p != NULL)
3933 *mustfree = TRUE;
3934 else
3935 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003936
3937#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3938 if (enc_utf8)
3939 {
3940 int len;
3941 char_u *pp;
3942
3943 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3944 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3945 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003946 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003947 if (pp != NULL)
3948 {
3949 if (mustfree)
3950 vim_free(p);
3951 p = pp;
3952 *mustfree = TRUE;
3953 }
3954 }
3955#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956 }
3957 }
3958
3959 /*
3960 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3961 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3962 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3963 */
3964 if (p == NULL)
3965 {
3966 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3967 p = p_hf;
3968#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3969 /*
3970 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3971 */
3972 else
3973 p = exe_name;
3974#endif
3975 if (p != NULL)
3976 {
3977 /* remove the file name */
3978 pend = gettail(p);
3979
3980 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3981 if (p == p_hf)
3982 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3983
3984#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3985# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003986 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 if (p == exe_name)
3988 {
3989 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003990 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003992 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3993 if (pend1 != pend)
3994 {
3995 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3996 if (pnew != NULL)
3997 {
3998 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3999 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4000 p = pnew;
4001 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4002 }
4003 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004004 }
4005# endif
4006 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4007 if (p == exe_name)
4008 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4009#endif
4010
4011 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4012 if (!vimruntime)
4013 {
4014 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4015 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4016 }
4017
4018 /* remove trailing path separator */
4019#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4020 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004021 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004022 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004023 --pend;
4024#endif
4025
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004026#ifdef MACOS_X
4027 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4028#endif
4029 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4030 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031
4032 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4033 {
4034 vim_free(p);
4035 p = NULL;
4036 }
4037 else
4038 {
4039#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4040 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4041 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4042 {
4043 vim_free(p);
4044 p = pend;
4045 }
4046#endif
4047 *mustfree = TRUE;
4048 }
4049 }
4050 }
4051
4052#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4053 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4054 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4055 if (p == NULL)
4056 {
4057 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4058 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4059 {
4060 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4061 *mustfree = FALSE;
4062 }
4063 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4064 {
4065 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4066 *mustfree = TRUE;
4067 else
4068 {
4069 p = default_vim_dir;
4070 *mustfree = FALSE;
4071 }
4072 }
4073 }
4074#endif
4075
4076 /*
4077 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4078 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4079 */
4080 if (p != NULL)
4081 {
4082 if (vimruntime)
4083 {
4084 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4085 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4086#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4087 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004088 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004089
4090 if (buf != NULL)
4091 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004092 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4093 vim_free(buf);
4094 }
4095 }
4096#endif
4097 }
4098 else
4099 {
4100 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4101 didset_vim = TRUE;
4102 }
4103 }
4104 return p;
4105}
4106
4107/*
4108 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4109 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4110 */
4111 static char_u *
4112vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4113 char_u *vimdir;
4114{
4115 char_u *p;
4116
4117 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4118 return NULL;
4119 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4120 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4121 return p;
4122 vim_free(p);
4123 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4124 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4125 return p;
4126 vim_free(p);
4127 return NULL;
4128}
4129
4130/*
4131 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4132 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4133 */
4134 static char_u *
4135remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4136 char_u *p;
4137 char_u *pend;
4138 char_u *name;
4139{
4140 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4141 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4142
4143 if (newend >= p
4144 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004145 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004146 return newend;
4147 return pend;
4148}
4149
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004150/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004151 * Our portable version of setenv.
4152 */
4153 void
4154vim_setenv(name, val)
4155 char_u *name;
4156 char_u *val;
4157{
4158#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4159 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4160#else
4161 char_u *envbuf;
4162
4163 /*
4164 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4165 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4166 */
4167 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4168 if (envbuf != NULL)
4169 {
4170 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4171 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4172 }
4173#endif
4174}
4175
4176#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4177/*
4178 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4179 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004180 char_u *
4181get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004182 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183 int idx;
4184{
4185# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4186 /*
4187 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4188 */
4189 return NULL;
4190# else
4191# ifndef __WIN32__
4192 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4193 extern char **environ;
4194# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004195# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4196 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004197 char_u *str;
4198 int n;
4199
4200 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4201 if (str == NULL)
4202 return NULL;
4203
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004204 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004205 {
4206 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4207 break;
4208 name[n] = str[n];
4209 }
4210 name[n] = NUL;
4211 return name;
4212# endif
4213}
4214#endif
4215
4216/*
4217 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4218 * 'src'.
4219 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4220 */
4221 void
4222home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4223 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4224 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4225 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4226 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4227 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4228 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4229{
4230 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4231 size_t len;
4232 char_u *homedir_env;
4233 char_u *p;
4234
4235 if (src == NULL)
4236 {
4237 *dst = NUL;
4238 return;
4239 }
4240
4241 /*
4242 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4243 */
4244 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4245 {
4246 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4247 return;
4248 }
4249
4250 /*
4251 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4252 * "real" home directory.
4253 */
4254 if (homedir != NULL)
4255 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4256
4257#ifdef VMS
4258 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4259#else
4260 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4261#endif
4262
4263 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4264 homedir_env = NULL;
4265 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4266 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4267
4268 if (!one)
4269 src = skipwhite(src);
4270 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4271 {
4272 /*
4273 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4274 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4275 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4276 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4277 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4278 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4279 * er's home directory)).
4280 */
4281 p = homedir;
4282 len = dirlen;
4283 for (;;)
4284 {
4285 if ( len
4286 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4287 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4288 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4289 || src[len] == NUL))
4290 {
4291 src += len;
4292 if (--dstlen > 0)
4293 *dst++ = '~';
4294
4295 /*
4296 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4297 */
4298 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4299 *dst++ = '/';
4300 break;
4301 }
4302 if (p == homedir_env)
4303 break;
4304 p = homedir_env;
4305 len = envlen;
4306 }
4307
4308 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4309 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4310 *dst++ = *src++;
4311 /* skip separator */
4312 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4313 *dst++ = *src++;
4314 }
4315 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4316
4317 *dst = NUL;
4318}
4319
4320/*
4321 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4322 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4323 */
4324 char_u *
4325home_replace_save(buf, src)
4326 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4327 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4328{
4329 char_u *dst;
4330 unsigned len;
4331
4332 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4333 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4334 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4335 dst = alloc(len);
4336 if (dst != NULL)
4337 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4338 return dst;
4339}
4340
4341/*
4342 * Compare two file names and return:
4343 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4344 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4345 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4346 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4347 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4348 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4349 */
4350 int
4351fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4352 char_u *s1, *s2;
4353 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4354{
4355#ifdef UNIX
4356 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4357 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4358 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4359 struct stat st1, st2;
4360 int r1, r2;
4361
4362 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4363 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4364 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4365 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4366 {
4367 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4368 if (checkname)
4369 {
4370 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4371 return FPC_SAMEX;
4372 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4373 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4374 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4375 return FPC_SAMEX;
4376 }
4377 return FPC_NOTX;
4378 }
4379 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4380 return FPC_DIFFX;
4381 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4382 return FPC_SAME;
4383 return FPC_DIFF;
4384#else
4385 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4386 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4387 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4388 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4389 int r1, r2;
4390
4391 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4392 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4393 {
4394 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4395 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4396
4397 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4398 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4399 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4400
4401 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4402 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4403 {
4404 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4405 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4406 else
4407 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4408 }
4409 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4410 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4411 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4412 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4413 else
4414 retval = FPC_SAME;
4415 vim_free(exp1);
4416 }
4417 return retval;
4418#endif
4419}
4420
4421/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004422 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004423 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004424 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004425 */
4426 char_u *
4427gettail(fname)
4428 char_u *fname;
4429{
4430 char_u *p1, *p2;
4431
4432 if (fname == NULL)
4433 return (char_u *)"";
4434 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4435 {
4436 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4437 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004438 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004439 }
4440 return p1;
4441}
4442
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004443#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4444static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4445
4446/*
4447 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4448 * separator:
4449 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4450 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4451 */
4452 static char_u *
4453gettail_dir(fname)
4454 char_u *fname;
4455{
4456 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4457 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4458 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4459 char_u *p;
4460
4461 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4462 {
4463 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4464 {
4465 if (look_for_sep)
4466 {
4467 next_dir_end = p;
4468 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4469 }
4470 }
4471 else
4472 {
4473 if (!look_for_sep)
4474 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4475 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4476 }
4477 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4478 }
4479 return dir_end;
4480}
4481#endif
4482
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004483/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004484 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4485 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4486 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4487 */
4488 char_u *
4489gettail_sep(fname)
4490 char_u *fname;
4491{
4492 char_u *p;
4493 char_u *t;
4494
4495 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4496 t = gettail(fname);
4497 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4498 --t;
4499#ifdef VMS
4500 /* path separator is part of the path */
4501 ++t;
4502#endif
4503 return t;
4504}
4505
4506/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004507 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4508 */
4509 char_u *
4510getnextcomp(fname)
4511 char_u *fname;
4512{
4513 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004514 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004515 if (*fname)
4516 ++fname;
4517 return fname;
4518}
4519
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004520/*
4521 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4522 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4523 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4524 */
4525 char_u *
4526get_past_head(path)
4527 char_u *path;
4528{
4529 char_u *retval;
4530
4531#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4532 /* may skip "c:" */
4533 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4534 retval = path + 2;
4535 else
4536 retval = path;
4537#else
4538# if defined(AMIGA)
4539 /* may skip "label:" */
4540 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4541 if (retval == NULL)
4542 retval = path;
4543# else /* Unix */
4544 retval = path;
4545# endif
4546#endif
4547
4548 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4549 ++retval;
4550
4551 return retval;
4552}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004553
4554/*
4555 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4556 */
4557 int
4558vim_ispathsep(c)
4559 int c;
4560{
4561#ifdef RISCOS
4562 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4563#else
4564# ifdef UNIX
4565 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4566# else
4567# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4568 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4569# else
4570# ifdef VMS
4571 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4572 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4573 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004574# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004575 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004576# endif /* VMS */
4577# endif
4578# endif
4579#endif /* RISC OS */
4580}
4581
4582#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4583/*
4584 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4585 */
4586 int
4587vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4588 int c;
4589{
4590#ifdef UNIX
4591 return (c == ':');
4592#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004593 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004594#endif
4595}
4596#endif
4597
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004598#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4599 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4600/*
4601 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4602 * It's done in-place.
4603 */
4604 void
4605shorten_dir(str)
4606 char_u *str;
4607{
4608 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4609 int skip = FALSE;
4610
4611 tail = gettail(str);
4612 d = str;
4613 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4614 {
4615 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4616 {
4617 *d++ = *s;
4618 if (*s == NUL)
4619 break;
4620 }
4621 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4622 {
4623 *d++ = *s;
4624 skip = FALSE;
4625 }
4626 else if (!skip)
4627 {
4628 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4629 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4630 skip = TRUE;
4631# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4632 if (has_mbyte)
4633 {
4634 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4635
4636 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004637 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004638 }
4639# endif
4640 }
4641 }
4642}
4643#endif
4644
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004645/*
4646 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4647 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4648 * "fname" must be writable!.
4649 */
4650 int
4651dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4652 char_u *fname;
4653{
4654 char_u *p;
4655 int c;
4656 int retval;
4657
4658 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4659 if (p == fname)
4660 return TRUE;
4661 c = *p;
4662 *p = NUL;
4663 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4664 *p = c;
4665 return retval;
4666}
4667
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004668#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4669 || defined(PROTO)
4670/*
4671 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4672 */
4673 int
4674vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4675 char_u *x, *y;
4676{
4677 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4678}
4679
4680 int
4681vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4682 char_u *x, *y;
4683 size_t len;
4684{
4685 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4686 {
4687 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4688 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4689 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4690 break;
4691 ++x;
4692 ++y;
4693 --len;
4694 }
4695 if (len == 0)
4696 return 0;
4697 return (*x - *y);
4698}
4699#endif
4700
4701/*
4702 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004703 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004704 */
4705 char_u *
4706concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4707 char_u *fname1;
4708 char_u *fname2;
4709 int sep;
4710{
4711 char_u *dest;
4712
4713 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4714 if (dest != NULL)
4715 {
4716 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4717 if (sep)
4718 add_pathsep(dest);
4719 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4720 }
4721 return dest;
4722}
4723
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004724/*
4725 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4726 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4727 */
4728 char_u *
4729concat_str(str1, str2)
4730 char_u *str1;
4731 char_u *str2;
4732{
4733 char_u *dest;
4734 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4735
4736 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4737 if (dest != NULL)
4738 {
4739 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4740 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4741 }
4742 return dest;
4743}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004744
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004745/*
4746 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4747 * separator.
4748 */
4749 void
4750add_pathsep(p)
4751 char_u *p;
4752{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004753 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004754 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4755}
4756
4757/*
4758 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4759 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4760 */
4761 char_u *
4762FullName_save(fname, force)
4763 char_u *fname;
4764 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4765 like a full path name */
4766{
4767 char_u *buf;
4768 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4769
4770 if (fname == NULL)
4771 return NULL;
4772
4773 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4774 if (buf != NULL)
4775 {
4776 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4777 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4778 else
4779 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4780 vim_free(buf);
4781 }
4782 return new_fname;
4783}
4784
4785#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4786
4787static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4788
4789/*
4790 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4791 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4792 */
4793 pos_T *
4794find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4795 int ind_maxcomment;
4796{
4797 pos_T *pos;
4798 char_u *line;
4799 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004800 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004801
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004802 for (;;)
4803 {
4804 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4805 if (pos == NULL)
4806 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004807
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004808 /*
4809 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4810 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4811 */
4812 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004813 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004814 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004815 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004816 break;
4817 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4818 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4819 {
4820 pos = NULL;
4821 break;
4822 }
4823 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004824 return pos;
4825}
4826
4827/*
4828 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4829 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4830 */
4831 static char_u *
4832skip_string(p)
4833 char_u *p;
4834{
4835 int i;
4836
4837 /*
4838 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4839 */
4840 for ( ; ; ++p)
4841 {
4842 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4843 {
4844 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4845 break;
4846 i = 2;
4847 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4848 {
4849 ++i;
4850 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4851 ++i;
4852 }
4853 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4854 {
4855 p += i;
4856 continue;
4857 }
4858 }
4859 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4860 {
4861 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4862 {
4863 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4864 ++p;
4865 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4866 break;
4867 }
4868 if (p[0] == '"')
4869 continue;
4870 }
4871 break; /* no string found */
4872 }
4873 if (!*p)
4874 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4875 return p;
4876}
4877#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4878
4879#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4880
4881/*
4882 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4883 */
4884 void
4885do_c_expr_indent()
4886{
4887# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4888 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4889 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4890 else
4891# endif
4892 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4893}
4894
4895/*
4896 * Functions for C-indenting.
4897 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4898 */
4899/*
4900 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4901 */
4902
4903static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4904static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4905static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4906static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4907static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4908static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4909static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4910static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4911static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4912static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4913static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4914static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4915static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4916static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4917static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4918static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4919static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4920static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4921static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4922static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4923static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004924static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004926static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004927static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4929static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4930static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4931static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4932static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4933static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4934static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4935
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004936static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4937
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004938/*
4939 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004940 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004941 */
4942 static char_u *
4943cin_skipcomment(s)
4944 char_u *s;
4945{
4946 while (*s)
4947 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004948 char_u *prev_s = s;
4949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004951
4952 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4953 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4954 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4955 {
4956 s += STRLEN(s);
4957 break;
4958 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004959 if (*s != '/')
4960 break;
4961 ++s;
4962 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4963 {
4964 s += STRLEN(s);
4965 break;
4966 }
4967 if (*s != '*')
4968 break;
4969 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4970 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4971 {
4972 s += 2;
4973 break;
4974 }
4975 }
4976 return s;
4977}
4978
4979/*
4980 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4981 * not considered code.
4982 */
4983 static int
4984cin_nocode(s)
4985 char_u *s;
4986{
4987 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4988}
4989
4990/*
4991 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4992 */
4993 static pos_T *
4994find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4995{
4996 static pos_T pos;
4997 char_u *line;
4998 char_u *p;
4999
5000 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5001 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
5002 {
5003 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
5004 p = skipwhite(line);
5005 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
5006 {
5007 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5008 return &pos;
5009 }
5010 if (*p != NUL)
5011 break;
5012 }
5013 return NULL;
5014}
5015
5016/*
5017 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5018 */
5019 static int
5020cin_islabel_skip(s)
5021 char_u **s;
5022{
5023 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5024 return FALSE;
5025
5026 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5027 (*s)++;
5028
5029 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5030
5031 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5032 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5033}
5034
5035/*
5036 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5037 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5038 */
5039 int
5040cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5041 int ind_maxcomment;
5042{
5043 char_u *s;
5044
5045 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5046
5047 /*
5048 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5049 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5050 */
5051 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5052 return FALSE;
5053 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5054 return FALSE;
5055
5056 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5057 {
5058 /*
5059 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5060 * label.
5061 */
5062 pos_T cursor_save;
5063 pos_T *trypos;
5064 char_u *line;
5065
5066 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5067 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5068 {
5069 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5070
5071 /*
5072 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5073 */
5074 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5075 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5076 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5077
5078 line = ml_get_curline();
5079 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5080 continue;
5081 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5082 continue;
5083
5084 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5085 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5086 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005087 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005088 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5089 return TRUE;
5090 return FALSE;
5091 }
5092 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5093 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5094 }
5095 return FALSE;
5096}
5097
5098/*
5099 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5100 * Q&D-Implementation:
5101 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5102 */
5103 static int
5104cin_isinit(void)
5105{
5106 char_u *s;
5107
5108 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5109
5110 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5111 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5112
5113 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5114 return TRUE;
5115
5116 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5117 return TRUE;
5118
5119 return FALSE;
5120}
5121
5122/*
5123 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5124 */
5125 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005126cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005127 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005128 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005129{
5130 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5131 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5132 {
5133 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5134 {
5135 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5136 if (*s == ':')
5137 {
5138 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5139 ++s;
5140 else
5141 return TRUE;
5142 }
5143 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005144 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005145 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5146 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5147 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005148 {
5149 /* JS etc. */
5150 if (strict)
5151 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5152 else
5153 return TRUE;
5154 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005155 }
5156 return FALSE;
5157 }
5158
5159 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5160 return TRUE;
5161 return FALSE;
5162}
5163
5164/*
5165 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5166 */
5167 static int
5168cin_isdefault(s)
5169 char_u *s;
5170{
5171 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5172 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5173 && s[1] != ':');
5174}
5175
5176/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005177 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005178 */
5179 int
5180cin_isscopedecl(s)
5181 char_u *s;
5182{
5183 int i;
5184
5185 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5186 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5187 i = 6;
5188 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5189 i = 9;
5190 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5191 i = 7;
5192 else
5193 return FALSE;
5194 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5195}
5196
5197/*
5198 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5199 * Return NULL if not found.
5200 * case 234: a = b;
5201 * ^
5202 */
5203 static char_u *
5204after_label(l)
5205 char_u *l;
5206{
5207 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5208 {
5209 if (*l == ':')
5210 {
5211 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5212 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005213 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005214 break;
5215 }
5216 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5217 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5218 }
5219 if (*l == NUL)
5220 return NULL;
5221 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5222 if (*l == NUL)
5223 return NULL;
5224 return l;
5225}
5226
5227/*
5228 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5229 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5230 */
5231 static int
5232get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5233 linenr_T lnum;
5234{
5235 char_u *l;
5236 pos_T fp;
5237 colnr_T col;
5238 char_u *p;
5239
5240 l = ml_get(lnum);
5241 p = after_label(l);
5242 if (p == NULL)
5243 return 0;
5244
5245 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5246 fp.lnum = lnum;
5247 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5248 return (int)col;
5249}
5250
5251/*
5252 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005253 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005254 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5255 * ^
5256 */
5257 static int
5258skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5259 linenr_T lnum;
5260 char_u **pp;
5261 int ind_maxcomment;
5262{
5263 char_u *l;
5264 int amount;
5265 pos_T cursor_save;
5266
5267 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5268 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5269 l = ml_get_curline();
5270 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005271 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5272 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005273 {
5274 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5275 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5276 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5277 l = ml_get_curline();
5278 }
5279 else
5280 {
5281 amount = get_indent();
5282 l = ml_get_curline();
5283 }
5284 *pp = l;
5285
5286 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5287 return amount;
5288}
5289
5290/*
5291 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5292 * int a, indent of "a"
5293 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5294 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5295 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5296 */
5297 static int
5298cin_first_id_amount()
5299{
5300 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5301 int len;
5302 pos_T fp;
5303 colnr_T col;
5304
5305 line = ml_get_curline();
5306 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005307 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005308 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5309 {
5310 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005311 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005312 }
5313 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5314 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5315 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5316 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5317 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5318 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5319 {
5320 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5321 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5322 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5323 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5324 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5325 p = s;
5326 }
5327 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5328 ;
5329 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5330 return 0;
5331
5332 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5333 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5334 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5335 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5336 return (int)col;
5337}
5338
5339/*
5340 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5341 * char *foo = "here";
5342 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5343 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5344 * foo = "asdf\
5345 * asdf\
5346 * here";
5347 */
5348 static int
5349cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5350 linenr_T lnum;
5351{
5352 char_u *line;
5353 char_u *s;
5354 colnr_T col;
5355 pos_T fp;
5356
5357 if (lnum > 1)
5358 {
5359 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5360 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5361 return -1;
5362 }
5363
5364 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5365 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5366 {
5367 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5368 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5369 else
5370 ++s;
5371 }
5372 if (*s != '=')
5373 return 0;
5374
5375 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5376 if (cin_nocode(s))
5377 return 0;
5378
5379 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5380 ++s;
5381
5382 fp.lnum = lnum;
5383 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5384 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5385 return (int)col;
5386}
5387
5388/*
5389 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5390 */
5391 static int
5392cin_ispreproc(s)
5393 char_u *s;
5394{
5395 s = skipwhite(s);
5396 if (*s == '#')
5397 return TRUE;
5398 return FALSE;
5399}
5400
5401/*
5402 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5403 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5404 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5405 */
5406 static int
5407cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5408 char_u **pp;
5409 linenr_T *lnump;
5410{
5411 char_u *line = *pp;
5412 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5413 int retval = FALSE;
5414
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005415 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416 {
5417 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5418 {
5419 retval = TRUE;
5420 *lnump = lnum;
5421 break;
5422 }
5423 if (lnum == 1)
5424 break;
5425 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5426 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5427 break;
5428 }
5429
5430 if (lnum != *lnump)
5431 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5432 return retval;
5433}
5434
5435/*
5436 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5437 */
5438 static int
5439cin_iscomment(p)
5440 char_u *p;
5441{
5442 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5443}
5444
5445/*
5446 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5447 */
5448 static int
5449cin_islinecomment(p)
5450 char_u *p;
5451{
5452 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5453}
5454
5455/*
5456 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5457 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5458 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5459 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5460 */
5461 static int
5462cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5463 char_u *s;
5464 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5465 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5466{
5467 char_u found_start = 0;
5468
5469 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5470
5471 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5472 found_start = *s;
5473
5474 while (*s)
5475 {
5476 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5477 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5478 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5479 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5480 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5481 return *s;
5482
5483 if (*s)
5484 s++;
5485 }
5486 return found_start;
5487}
5488
5489/*
5490 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5491 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5492 * no semicolons anywhere.
5493 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5494 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5495 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5496 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5497 */
5498 static int
5499cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5500 char_u **sp;
5501 linenr_T first_lnum;
5502{
5503 char_u *s;
5504 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5505 int retval = FALSE;
5506
5507 if (sp == NULL)
5508 s = ml_get(lnum);
5509 else
5510 s = *sp;
5511
5512 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5513 {
5514 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5515 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5516 else
5517 ++s;
5518 }
5519 if (*s != '(')
5520 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5521
5522 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5523 {
5524 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5525 {
5526 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5527 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5528 * #if defined(x) && \
5529 * defined(y)
5530 */
5531 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5532 s = ml_get(lnum);
5533 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5534 retval = TRUE;
5535 goto done;
5536 }
5537 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5538 {
5539 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5540 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5541 break;
5542
5543 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5544 }
5545 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5546 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5547 else
5548 ++s;
5549 }
5550
5551done:
5552 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5553 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5554
5555 return retval;
5556}
5557
5558 static int
5559cin_isif(p)
5560 char_u *p;
5561{
5562 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5563}
5564
5565 static int
5566cin_iselse(p)
5567 char_u *p;
5568{
5569 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5570 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5571 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5572}
5573
5574 static int
5575cin_isdo(p)
5576 char_u *p;
5577{
5578 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5579}
5580
5581/*
5582 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5583 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5584 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5585 */
5586 static int
5587cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5588 char_u *p;
5589 linenr_T lnum;
5590 int ind_maxparen;
5591{
5592 pos_T cursor_save;
5593 pos_T *trypos;
5594 int retval = FALSE;
5595
5596 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5597 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5598 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5599 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5600 {
5601 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5602 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5603 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5604 p = ml_get_curline();
5605 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5606 {
5607 ++p;
5608 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5609 }
5610 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5611 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5612 retval = TRUE;
5613 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5614 }
5615 return retval;
5616}
5617
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005618/*
5619 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5620 * do
5621 * nothing;
5622 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005623 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005624 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5625 */
5626 static int
5627cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5628 int terminated;
5629 int ind_maxparen;
5630 int ind_maxcomment;
5631{
5632 char_u *line;
5633 char_u *p;
5634 char_u *s;
5635 pos_T *trypos;
5636 int i;
5637
5638 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5639 return FALSE;
5640
5641 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5642 while (*p != NUL)
5643 {
5644 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5645 if (*p == ')')
5646 {
5647 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5648 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5649 {
5650 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5651 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005652 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005653 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5654 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5655 if (trypos != NULL)
5656 {
5657 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5658 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5659 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5660 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5661 {
5662 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5663 return TRUE;
5664 }
5665 }
5666
5667 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5668 line = ml_get_curline();
5669 p = line + i;
5670 }
5671 }
5672 if (*p != NUL)
5673 ++p;
5674 }
5675 return FALSE;
5676}
5677
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 static int
5679cin_isbreak(p)
5680 char_u *p;
5681{
5682 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5683}
5684
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005685/*
5686 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5688 *
5689 * class MyClass :
5690 * baseClass <-- here
5691 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5692 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5693 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5694 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005695 *
5696 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697 */
5698 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005699cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005700 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005701{
5702 char_u *s;
5703 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005704 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005705 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005706
5707 *col = 0;
5708
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005709 s = skipwhite(line);
5710 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5711 return FALSE;
5712 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005713 if (*s == NUL)
5714 return FALSE;
5715
5716 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5717
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005718 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5719 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5720 * a = cond ?
5721 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005722 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005723 * func::foo()
5724 * : something
5725 * {}
5726 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5727 * : something(4),
5728 * somethingelse(3)
5729 * {}
5730 */
5731 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005732 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005733 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5734 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005735 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5736 break;
5737 while (*s != NUL)
5738 {
5739 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5740 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5741 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5742 break;
5743 if (*s != NUL)
5744 ++s;
5745 }
5746 if (*s != NUL)
5747 break;
5748 --lnum;
5749 }
5750
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005751 line = ml_get(lnum);
5752 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005753 for (;;)
5754 {
5755 if (*s == NUL)
5756 {
5757 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5758 break;
5759 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005760 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5761 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5762 if (*s == NUL)
5763 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005764 }
5765
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766 if (s[0] == ':')
5767 {
5768 if (s[1] == ':')
5769 {
5770 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5771 * initialization any more */
5772 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5773 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5774 }
5775 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5776 {
5777 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005778 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005779 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5780 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5781 *col = 0;
5782 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5783 }
5784 else
5785 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5786 }
5787 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5788 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5789 {
5790 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5791 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5792
5793 if (*s == 'c')
5794 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5795 else
5796 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5797 }
5798 else
5799 {
5800 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5801 {
5802 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5803 }
5804 else if (s[0] == ')')
5805 {
5806 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5807 * something like "):" */
5808 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5809 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5810 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005811 else if (s[0] == '?')
5812 {
5813 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5814 return FALSE;
5815 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005816 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5817 {
5818 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5819 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5820 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5821 }
5822 else if (*col == 0)
5823 {
5824 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5825 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5826
5827 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005828 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005829 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5830 }
5831
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005832 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5833 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5834 *col = 0;
5835
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5837 }
5838 }
5839
5840 return cpp_base_class;
5841}
5842
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005843 static int
5844get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5845 int col;
5846 int ind_maxparen;
5847 int ind_maxcomment;
5848 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5849{
5850 int amount;
5851 colnr_T vcol;
5852 pos_T *trypos;
5853
5854 if (col == 0)
5855 {
5856 amount = get_indent();
5857 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5858 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5859 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5860 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5861 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5862 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5863 }
5864 else
5865 {
5866 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5867 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5868 amount = (int)vcol;
5869 }
5870 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5871 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5872 return amount;
5873}
5874
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005875/*
5876 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5877 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5878 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5879 */
5880 static int
5881cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5882 char_u *s;
5883 char_u *find;
5884 char_u *ignore;
5885{
5886 char_u *p = s;
5887 char_u *r;
5888 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5889
5890 while (*p != NUL)
5891 {
5892 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5893 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5894 {
5895 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5896 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5897 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5898 if (cin_nocode(r))
5899 return TRUE;
5900 }
5901 if (*p != NUL)
5902 ++p;
5903 }
5904 return FALSE;
5905}
5906
5907/*
5908 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5909 * Return the column found.
5910 */
5911 static int
5912cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5913 pos_T *trypos;
5914{
5915 char_u *line;
5916 char_u *p;
5917
5918 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5919 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5920 {
5921 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5922 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5923 else
5924 {
5925 p = skip_string(p);
5926 ++p;
5927 }
5928 }
5929 return (int)(p - line);
5930}
5931
5932/*
5933 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5934 * Return NULL if no match found.
5935 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5936 * work. */
5937/* foo() */
5938/* { */
5939/* } */
5940
5941 static pos_T *
5942find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5943 int ind_maxcomment;
5944{
5945 pos_T cursor_save;
5946 pos_T *trypos;
5947 pos_T *pos;
5948 static pos_T pos_copy;
5949
5950 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5951 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5952 {
5953 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5954 trypos = &pos_copy;
5955 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5956 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005957 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005958 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5959 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5960 break;
5961 if (pos != NULL)
5962 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5963 }
5964 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5965 return trypos;
5966}
5967
5968/*
5969 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5970 * Return NULL of no match found.
5971 */
5972 static pos_T *
5973find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5974 int ind_maxparen;
5975 int ind_maxcomment;
5976{
5977 pos_T cursor_save;
5978 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005979 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005980
5981 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5982 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5983 {
5984 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5985 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5986 trypos = NULL;
5987 else
5988 {
5989 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5990 trypos = &pos_copy;
5991 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5992 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5993 trypos = NULL;
5994 }
5995 }
5996 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5997 return trypos;
5998}
5999
6000/*
6001 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
6002 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
6003 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
6004 * looking a few lines further.
6005 */
6006 static int
6007corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6008 int ind_maxparen;
6009 pos_T *startpos;
6010{
6011 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6012
6013 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6014 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6015 return ind_maxparen;
6016}
6017
6018/*
6019 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6020 * line "l".
6021 */
6022 static int
6023find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6024 char_u *l;
6025 int start, end;
6026{
6027 int i;
6028 int retval = FALSE;
6029 int open_count = 0;
6030
6031 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6032
6033 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6034 {
6035 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6036 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6037 if (l[i] == start)
6038 ++open_count;
6039 else if (l[i] == end)
6040 {
6041 if (open_count > 0)
6042 --open_count;
6043 else
6044 {
6045 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6046 retval = TRUE;
6047 }
6048 }
6049 }
6050 return retval;
6051}
6052
6053 int
6054get_c_indent()
6055{
6056 /*
6057 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6058 * block should be
6059 */
6060 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6061
6062 /*
6063 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6064 * line is imagined to be.
6065 */
6066 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6067
6068 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006069 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006070 * an opening brace.
6071 */
6072 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6073
6074 /*
6075 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6076 */
6077 int ind_first_open = 0;
6078
6079 /*
6080 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6081 * located
6082 */
6083 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6084
6085 /*
6086 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6087 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6088 * brace should be located
6089 */
6090 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6091
6092 /*
6093 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6094 * column is imagined to be
6095 */
6096 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6097
6098 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006099 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6100 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6101 */
6102 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6103
6104 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006105 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6106 */
6107 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6108
6109 /*
6110 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6111 */
6112 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6113
6114 /*
6115 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6116 */
6117 int ind_case_break = 0;
6118
6119 /*
6120 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6121 * should be located
6122 */
6123 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6124
6125 /*
6126 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6127 */
6128 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6129
6130 /*
6131 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6132 */
6133 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6134
6135 /*
6136 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6137 */
6138 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6139
6140 /*
6141 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6142 * should be indented
6143 */
6144 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6145
6146 /*
6147 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6148 * should be located
6149 */
6150 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6151
6152 /*
6153 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6154 */
6155 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6156
6157 /*
6158 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6159 * itself is also unclosed
6160 */
6161 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6162
6163 /*
6164 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6165 * unclosed parentheses.
6166 */
6167 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6168
6169 /*
6170 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6171 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6172 * context (for very long lines).
6173 */
6174 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6175
6176 /*
6177 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6178 * an unclosed parentheses.
6179 */
6180 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6181
6182 /*
6183 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6184 * opening parentheses.
6185 */
6186 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6187
6188 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006189 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6190 */
6191 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6192
6193 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006194 * Extra indent for comments.
6195 */
6196 int ind_comment = 0;
6197
6198 /*
6199 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6200 */
6201 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6202
6203 /*
6204 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6205 * after the comment opener.
6206 */
6207 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6208
6209 /*
6210 * max lines to search for an open paren
6211 */
6212 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6213
6214 /*
6215 * max lines to search for an open comment
6216 */
6217 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6218
6219 /*
6220 * handle braces for java code
6221 */
6222 int ind_java = 0;
6223
6224 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006225 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6226 */
6227 int ind_js = 0;
6228
6229 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006230 * handle blocked cases correctly
6231 */
6232 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6233
6234 pos_T cur_curpos;
6235 int amount;
6236 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006237 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006238 colnr_T col;
6239 char_u *theline;
6240 char_u *linecopy;
6241 pos_T *trypos;
6242 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6243 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6244 char_u *start;
6245 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006246#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006247#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6248#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6249 linenr_T ourscope;
6250 char_u *l;
6251 char_u *look;
6252 char_u terminated;
6253 int lookfor;
6254#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6255#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6256#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6257#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6258#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6259#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6260#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6261#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6262#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6263#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6264#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6265
6266 int whilelevel;
6267 linenr_T lnum;
6268 char_u *options;
6269 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6270 int divider;
6271 int n;
6272 int iscase;
6273 int lookfor_break;
6274 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006275 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006276
6277 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6278 {
6279 l = options++;
6280 if (*options == '-')
6281 ++options;
6282 n = getdigits(&options);
6283 divider = 0;
6284 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6285 {
6286 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6287 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6288 {
6289 ++options;
6290 if (divider)
6291 divider *= 10;
6292 else
6293 divider = 10;
6294 }
6295 }
6296 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6297 {
6298 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6299 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6300 else
6301 {
6302 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6303 if (divider)
6304 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6305 }
6306 ++options;
6307 }
6308 if (l[1] == '-')
6309 n = -n;
6310 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006311 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006312 switch (*l)
6313 {
6314 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6315 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6316 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6317 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6318 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6319 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6320 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006321 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006322 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6323 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6324 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6325 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6326 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6327 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6328 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6329 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6330 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6331 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6332 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6333 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6334 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6335 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6336 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6337 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006338 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006339 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6340 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6341 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6342 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6343 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006344 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006345 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006346 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006347 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006348 if (*options == ',')
6349 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006350 }
6351
6352 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6353 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6354
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006355 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6356 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6357 return 0;
6358
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006359 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6360 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6361 * ml_get is valid! */
6362 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6363 if (linecopy == NULL)
6364 return 0;
6365
6366 /*
6367 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6368 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6369 * inserting new stuff.
6370 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6371 * check for that.
6372 */
6373 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006374 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006375 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6376 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6377
6378 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6379
6380 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6381
6382 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6383
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006384 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006386 /*
6387 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6388 */
6389 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6390 {
6391 amount = 0;
6392 }
6393
6394 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006395 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6396 * - JS flag is set.
6397 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006398 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006399 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006400 {
6401 amount = 0;
6402 }
6403
6404 /*
6405 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6406 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6407 */
6408 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6409 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6410 {
6411 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6412 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6413 amount = col;
6414 }
6415
6416 /*
6417 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6418 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6419 */
6420 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6421 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6422 {
6423 int lead_start_len = 2;
6424 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6425 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6426 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6427 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6428 char_u *p;
6429 int start_align = 0;
6430 int start_off = 0;
6431 int done = FALSE;
6432
6433 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6434 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6435 amount = col;
6436
6437 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6438 while (*p != NUL)
6439 {
6440 int align = 0;
6441 int off = 0;
6442 int what = 0;
6443
6444 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6445 {
6446 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6447 what = *p++;
6448 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6449 align = *p++;
6450 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6451 off = getdigits(&p);
6452 else
6453 ++p;
6454 }
6455
6456 if (*p == ':')
6457 ++p;
6458 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6459 if (what == COM_START)
6460 {
6461 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6462 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6463 start_off = off;
6464 start_align = align;
6465 }
6466 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6467 {
6468 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6469 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6470 }
6471 else if (what == COM_END)
6472 {
6473 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6474 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6475 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6476 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6477 {
6478 done = TRUE;
6479 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6480 {
6481 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006482 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006483 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6484 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6485 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6486 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6487 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6488 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6489 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6490 {
6491 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6492 break;
6493 }
6494 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6495 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6496 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6497 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6498 continue;
6499 }
6500 if (start_off != 0)
6501 amount += start_off;
6502 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006503 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6504 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006505 break;
6506 }
6507
6508 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6509 * with the middle comment */
6510 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6511 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6512 {
6513 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6514 /* XXX */
6515 if (off != 0)
6516 amount += off;
6517 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006518 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6519 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006520 done = TRUE;
6521 break;
6522 }
6523 }
6524 }
6525
6526 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6527 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6528 * with the first character of the comment text.
6529 */
6530 if (done)
6531 ;
6532 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6533 amount += 1;
6534 else
6535 {
6536 /*
6537 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6538 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6539 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6540 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6541 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6542 */
6543 amount = -1;
6544 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6545 {
6546 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6547 continue;
6548 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6549 break;
6550 }
6551 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6552 {
6553 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6554 {
6555 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6556 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6557 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6558 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6559 }
6560 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6561 amount = col;
6562 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6563 amount += ind_in_comment;
6564 }
6565 }
6566 }
6567
6568 /*
6569 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6570 */ /* XXX */
6571 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6572 && ind_java == 0)
6573 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6574 || trypos != NULL)
6575 {
6576 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6577 {
6578 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6579 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6580 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6581 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6582 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6583 trypos = NULL;
6584 else
6585 tryposBrace = NULL;
6586 }
6587
6588 if (trypos != NULL)
6589 {
6590 /*
6591 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6592 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6593 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006594 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006595 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006596 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6597 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6598 }
6599 else
6600 {
6601 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006602 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6603 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006604 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006605 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6606 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6607 continue;
6608 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6609 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6610 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006611
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006612 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6613 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6614 {
6615 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6616 continue;
6617 }
6618
6619 /* XXX */
6620 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6621 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006622 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006623 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6624 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6625 {
6626 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006627
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006628 if (theline[0] == ')')
6629 {
6630 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6631 && cur_amount > amount)
6632 cur_amount = amount;
6633 amount = -1;
6634 }
6635 break;
6636 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 /*
6641 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6642 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6643 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6644 */
6645 if (amount == -1)
6646 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006647 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6648
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006649 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006650 look = skipwhite(look);
6651 if (*look == '(')
6652 {
6653 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6654 char_u *line;
6655 int look_col;
6656
6657 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6658 * our matching '('. */
6659 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6660 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006661 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006662 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6663 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6664 != NULL
6665 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6666 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6667 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6668
6669 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6670 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6671 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006672 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006673 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6674 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006675 {
6676 /*
6677 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6678 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6679 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6680 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6681 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6682 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6683 * lines).
6684 */
6685 if (theline[0] != ')')
6686 {
6687 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6688 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6689 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6690 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6691 {
6692 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6693 * for each additional level */
6694 n = 1;
6695 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6696 {
6697 switch (l[col])
6698 {
6699 case '(':
6700 case '{': ++n;
6701 break;
6702
6703 case ')':
6704 case '}': if (n > 1)
6705 --n;
6706 break;
6707 }
6708 }
6709
6710 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6711 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6712 }
6713 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6714 our_paren_pos.col++;
6715 else
6716 {
6717 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6718 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6719 col++;
6720 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6721 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6722 else
6723 our_paren_pos.col++;
6724 }
6725 }
6726
6727 /*
6728 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6729 * if we did the above "if".
6730 */
6731 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6732 {
6733 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6734 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6735 cur_amount = col;
6736 }
6737 }
6738
6739 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6740 {
6741 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6742 }
6743 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006744 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006745 {
6746 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6747 amount = cur_amount;
6748 }
6749 else
6750 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006751 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6752 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006753 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006754 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006755 {
6756 --our_paren_pos.col;
6757 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6758 {
6759 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6760 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6761 break;
6762 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6763 col = MAXCOL;
6764 break;
6765 }
6766 }
6767
6768 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6769 * braces */
6770 if (col == MAXCOL)
6771 amount += ind_unclosed;
6772 else
6773 {
6774 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6775 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6776 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6777 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6778 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6779 else
6780 amount += ind_unclosed;
6781 }
6782 /*
6783 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6784 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6785 * lines:
6786 * func_long_name( if (x
6787 * arg && yy
6788 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6789 */
6790 if (cur_amount < amount)
6791 amount = cur_amount;
6792 }
6793 }
6794
6795 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6796 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6797 amount += ind_comment;
6798 }
6799
6800 /*
6801 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6802 */
6803 else
6804 {
6805 trypos = tryposBrace;
6806
6807 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6808 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6809
6810 /*
6811 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6812 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6813 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6814 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6815 */
6816 look = skipwhite(start);
6817 if (*look == '{')
6818 {
6819 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6820 amount = col;
6821 if (*start == '{')
6822 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6823 else
6824 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 /*
6829 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6830 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6831 */
6832 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6833
6834 /*
6835 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6836 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6837 */
6838 lnum = ourscope;
6839 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6840 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6841 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6842 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6843
6844 /*
6845 * It could have been something like
6846 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6847 * ldfd) {
6848 * }
6849 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006850 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6851 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006852 amount = get_indent();
6853 else
6854 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6855
6856 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6857 }
6858
6859 /*
6860 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6861 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6862 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6863 */
6864 if (theline[0] == '}')
6865 {
6866 /*
6867 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6868 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6869 */
6870 amount += ind_close_extra;
6871 }
6872 else
6873 {
6874 /*
6875 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6876 * to match it with.
6877 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6878 * to match it with.
6879 */
6880 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6881 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6882 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6883 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6884 /* XXX */
6885 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6886 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6887 {
6888 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6889 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6890 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6891 {
6892 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6893 goto theend;
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 /*
6898 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6899 * failed to find a matching "if").
6900 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6901 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6902 */
6903
6904 /*
6905 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6906 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6907 * location for ind_open_extra.
6908 */
6909
6910 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6911 {
6912 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6913 }
6914 else
6915 {
6916 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6917 amount += ind_open_imag;
6918 else
6919 {
6920 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6921 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6922 if (amount < 0)
6923 amount = 0;
6924 }
6925 }
6926
6927 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6928
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006929 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006930 {
6931 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6932 amount += ind_case;
6933 }
6934 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6935 {
6936 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6937 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6938 }
6939 else
6940 {
6941 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6942 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6943
6944 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6945 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6946 }
6947 scope_amount = amount;
6948 whilelevel = 0;
6949
6950 /*
6951 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6952 * with that.
6953 *
6954 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6955 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6956 * that opens the block.
6957 */
6958 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6959 for (;;)
6960 {
6961 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6962 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6963
6964 /*
6965 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6966 * up with it.
6967 */
6968 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6969 {
6970 /* we reached end of scope:
6971 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6972 * go further back:
6973 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6974 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6975 * declaration:
6976 * int x,
6977 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6978 */
6979 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6980 {
6981 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6982 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6983 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6984 {
6985 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6986 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6987 * initialization) */
6988 if (cont_amount > 0)
6989 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006990 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006991 amount += ind_continuation;
6992 break;
6993 }
6994
6995 l = ml_get_curline();
6996
6997 /*
6998 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6999 * comment.
7000 */
7001 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
7002 if (trypos != NULL)
7003 {
7004 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007005 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007006 continue;
7007 }
7008
7009 /*
7010 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7011 */
7012 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7013 continue;
7014
7015 if (cin_nocode(l))
7016 continue;
7017
7018 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7019
7020 /*
7021 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7022 * function declaration, we are done
7023 * (it's a variable declaration).
7024 */
7025 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7026 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7027 {
7028 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7029 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7030 * don't add extra indent.
7031 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7032 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7033 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7034 */
7035 if (terminated == ',')
7036 break;
7037
7038 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7039 * we are done.
7040 */
7041 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7042 break;
7043
7044 /* nothing useful found */
7045 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7046 continue;
7047 }
7048
7049 if (terminated != ';')
7050 {
7051 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7052 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7053 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7054 */ /* XXX */
7055 trypos = NULL;
7056 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7057 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7058 ind_maxcomment);
7059
7060 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7061 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7062
7063 if (trypos != NULL)
7064 {
7065 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007067 continue;
7068 }
7069 }
7070
7071 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7072 * like in
7073 * int a,
7074 * b;
7075 */
7076 if (cont_amount > 0)
7077 amount = cont_amount;
7078 else
7079 amount += ind_continuation;
7080 }
7081 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7082 {
7083 if (cont_amount > 0)
7084 amount = cont_amount;
7085 else
7086 amount += ind_continuation;
7087 }
7088 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7089 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7090 {
7091 amount = scope_amount;
7092 if (theline[0] == '{')
7093 amount += ind_open_extra;
7094 }
7095 break;
7096 }
7097
7098 /*
7099 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7100 */ /* XXX */
7101 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7102 {
7103 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007104 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007105 continue;
7106 }
7107
7108 l = ml_get_curline();
7109
7110 /*
7111 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007112 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007113 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007114 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007115 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7116 {
7117 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7118 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7119 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7120 break;
7121
7122 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7123 * labels. */
7124 if (whilelevel > 0)
7125 continue;
7126
7127 /*
7128 * case xx:
7129 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7130 *-> here;
7131 */
7132 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7133 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7134 {
7135 if (cont_amount > 0)
7136 amount = cont_amount;
7137 else
7138 amount += ind_continuation;
7139 break;
7140 }
7141
7142 /*
7143 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7144 * x = 333;
7145 * case yy:
7146 */
7147 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7148 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7149 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7150 {
7151 /*
7152 * Check that this case label is not for another
7153 * switch()
7154 */ /* XXX */
7155 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7156 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7157 {
7158 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7159 break;
7160 }
7161 continue;
7162 }
7163
7164 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7165
7166 /*
7167 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7168 * y = y + 1;
7169 * -> s = 99;
7170 *
7171 * case xx:
7172 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7173 * y = y + 1;
7174 * -> s = 99;
7175 */
7176 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7177 {
7178 if (n)
7179 amount = n;
7180
7181 if (!lookfor_break)
7182 break;
7183 }
7184
7185 /*
7186 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7187 * -> y = y + 1;
7188 *
7189 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7190 * -> y = y + 1;
7191 */
7192 if (n)
7193 {
7194 amount = n;
7195 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7196 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007197 {
7198 if (theline[0] == '{')
7199 amount += ind_open_extra;
7200 else
7201 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7202 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007203 break;
7204 }
7205
7206 /*
7207 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7208 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7209 * switch label.
7210 * break; <- may line up with this line
7211 * case xx:
7212 * -> y = 1;
7213 */
7214 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7215 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7216 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7217 continue;
7218 }
7219
7220 /*
7221 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7222 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7223 */
7224 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7225 {
7226 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7227 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007228 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007229 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007230 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7231 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007232 continue;
7233 }
7234
7235 /*
7236 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7237 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007238 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007239 {
7240 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7241 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7242 continue;
7243 }
7244
7245 /*
7246 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7247 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7248 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7249 * unlocked it)
7250 */
7251 l = ml_get_curline();
7252 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7253 || cin_nocode(l))
7254 continue;
7255
7256 /*
7257 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7258 * constructor initialization?
7259 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007260 n = FALSE;
7261 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7262 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007263 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007264 l = ml_get_curline();
7265 }
7266 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007267 {
7268 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7269 {
7270 if (cont_amount > 0)
7271 amount = cont_amount;
7272 else
7273 amount += ind_continuation;
7274 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007275 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007276 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007277 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7278 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7279 ind_continuation = 0;
7280 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007281 }
7282 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007283 /* XXX */
7284 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7285 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007286 break;
7287 }
7288 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7289 {
7290 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007291 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7292 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007293 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7294 break;
7295 else
7296 continue;
7297 }
7298
7299 /*
7300 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7301 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007302 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007303 * 123,
7304 * sizeof
7305 * here
7306 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7307 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7308 * (indented).
7309 */
7310 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7311
7312 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7313 && terminated == ','))
7314 {
7315 /*
7316 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7317 * go back to the line that starts it so
7318 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7319 * if ( foo &&
7320 * bar )
7321 */
7322 /*
7323 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7324 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7325 */
7326 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7327 trypos = find_match_paren(
7328 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7329 ind_maxcomment);
7330
7331 /*
7332 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7333 * braces.
7334 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007335 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7336 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007337 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7338
7339 if (trypos != NULL)
7340 {
7341 /*
7342 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7343 * handled above.
7344 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7345 * asdf)
7346 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007347 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007348 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007349 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007350 {
7351 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007352 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007353 continue;
7354 }
7355 }
7356
7357 /*
7358 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7359 * indent from
7360 * char *usethis = "bla\
7361 * bla",
7362 * here;
7363 */
7364 if (terminated == ',')
7365 {
7366 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7367 {
7368 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7369 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7370 break;
7371 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007372 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007373 }
7374 }
7375
7376 /*
7377 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7378 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7379 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007380 if (!ind_js)
7381 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007382 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007383 else
7384 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007385 /*
7386 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7387 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7388 * while (not)
7389 * -> {
7390 * }
7391 */
7392 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7393 && theline[0] == '{')
7394 {
7395 amount = cur_amount;
7396 /*
7397 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7398 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7399 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7400 * { 1, 2 },
7401 * -> { 3, 4 }
7402 */
7403 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7404 amount += ind_open_extra;
7405
7406 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7407 {
7408 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7409 * class declaration or initialization */
7410 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7411 continue;
7412 }
7413 break;
7414 }
7415
7416 /*
7417 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7418 * Also allow " } else".
7419 */
7420 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7421 {
7422 /*
7423 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7424 * with the last one.
7425 * if (cond)
7426 * 100 +
7427 * -> here;
7428 */
7429 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7430 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7431 {
7432 if (cont_amount > 0)
7433 amount = cont_amount;
7434 else
7435 amount += ind_continuation;
7436 break;
7437 }
7438
7439 /*
7440 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7441 * are finished.
7442 * while (not)
7443 * -> here;
7444 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7445 * before this is terminated.
7446 * yyy;
7447 * if (stat)
7448 * while (not)
7449 * xxx;
7450 * -> here;
7451 */
7452 amount = cur_amount;
7453 if (theline[0] == '{')
7454 amount += ind_open_extra;
7455 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7456 {
7457 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7458 break;
7459 }
7460
7461 /*
7462 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7463 * do, line up with the while()
7464 * do
7465 * x = 1;
7466 * -> here
7467 */
7468 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7469 if (cin_isdo(l))
7470 {
7471 if (whilelevel == 0)
7472 break;
7473 --whilelevel;
7474 }
7475
7476 /*
7477 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7478 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7479 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7480 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7481 */
7482 if (cin_iselse(l)
7483 && whilelevel == 0
7484 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7485 == NULL
7486 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7487 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7488 break;
7489 }
7490
7491 /*
7492 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7493 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007494 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007495 * the line before this one.
7496 */
7497 else
7498 {
7499 /*
7500 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7501 * the last one.
7502 * c = 99 +
7503 * 100 +
7504 * -> here;
7505 */
7506 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7507 {
7508 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7509 if (terminated == ',')
7510 amount += ind_continuation;
7511 break;
7512 }
7513
7514 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7515 {
7516 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7517 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7518 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7519 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7520 * enumerations/initializations. */
7521 if (terminated == ',')
7522 {
7523 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7524 break;
7525
7526 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7527 continue;
7528 }
7529
7530 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7531 * reduce indent. */
7532 if (amount > cur_amount)
7533 amount = cur_amount;
7534 }
7535 else
7536 {
7537 /*
7538 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7539 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7540 * 100 +
7541 * -> here;
7542 */
7543 amount = cur_amount;
7544
7545 /*
7546 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7547 * are in an initialization or enum
7548 * struct xxx =
7549 * {
7550 * sizeof a,
7551 * 124 };
7552 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7553 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7554 * yet.
7555 */
7556 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7557 {
7558 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7559 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7560 }
7561 else
7562 {
7563 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7564 && *l != NUL
7565 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7566 /* XXX */
7567 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7569 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7570 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7571 }
7572 }
7573 }
7574 }
7575
7576 /*
7577 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7578 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7579 */
7580 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007581 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7582 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007583 {
7584 /*
7585 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7586 * with the last one.
7587 * while (cond);
7588 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7589 * -> here;
7590 */
7591 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7592 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7593 {
7594 if (cont_amount > 0)
7595 amount = cont_amount;
7596 else
7597 amount += ind_continuation;
7598 break;
7599 }
7600
7601 if (whilelevel == 0)
7602 {
7603 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7604 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7605 if (theline[0] == '{')
7606 amount += ind_open_extra;
7607 }
7608 ++whilelevel;
7609 }
7610
7611 /*
7612 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7613 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7614 * indent of that other statement.
7615 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7616 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7617 */
7618 else
7619 {
7620 /*
7621 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7622 * may be lined up with the case label.
7623 */
7624 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7625 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7626 {
7627 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7628 continue;
7629 }
7630
7631 /*
7632 * Handle "do {" line.
7633 */
7634 if (whilelevel > 0)
7635 {
7636 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7637 if (cin_isdo(l))
7638 {
7639 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7640 --whilelevel;
7641 continue;
7642 }
7643 }
7644
7645 /*
7646 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7647 * the amount for a continuation line.
7648 * x = 1;
7649 * y = foo +
7650 * -> here;
7651 * or
7652 * int x = 1;
7653 * int foo,
7654 * -> here;
7655 */
7656 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7657 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7658 {
7659 if (cont_amount > 0)
7660 amount = cont_amount;
7661 else
7662 amount += ind_continuation;
7663 break;
7664 }
7665
7666 /*
7667 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7668 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7669 * x = 1; x = 1;
7670 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7671 * while (asdf) ->here;
7672 * here;
7673 * ->foo;
7674 */
7675 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7676 {
7677 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7678 break;
7679 }
7680
7681 /*
7682 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7683 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7684 * a terminated line.
7685 */
7686 else
7687 {
7688 /*
7689 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7690 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7691 * the line. Helps for:
7692 * func(asdr,
7693 * asdfasdf);
7694 * here;
7695 */
7696term_again:
7697 l = ml_get_curline();
7698 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7699 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7700 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7701 {
7702 /*
7703 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7704 * handled above.
7705 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7706 * asdf)
7707 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007708 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007709 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007710 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007711 {
7712 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007713 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007714 continue;
7715 }
7716 }
7717
7718 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7719 * with a statement after it.
7720 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7721 * stat;
7722 * }
7723 * case 2:
7724 * stat;
7725 * }
7726 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007727 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007728
7729 /*
7730 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7731 * ignoring any jump label.
7732 */
7733 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7734 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7735
7736 if (theline[0] == '{')
7737 amount += ind_open_extra;
7738 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007739 l = skipwhite(l);
7740 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007741 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7742 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7743
7744 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007745 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7746 * the matching "if":
7747 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007748 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007749 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7750 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7751 */
7752 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7753 && *l != '}'
7754 && cin_iselse(l)
7755 && whilelevel == 0)
7756 {
7757 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7758 == NULL
7759 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7760 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7761 break;
7762 continue;
7763 }
7764
7765 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007766 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7767 * that block.
7768 */
7769 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7770 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7771 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7772 != NULL) /* XXX */
7773 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007774 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007775 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7776 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7777 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7778 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7779 goto term_again;
7780 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007781 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007782 }
7783 }
7784 }
7785 }
7786 }
7787 }
7788
7789 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7790 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7791 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007792
7793 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7794 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7795 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007796 }
7797
7798 /*
7799 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7800 *
7801 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7802 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7803 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7804 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7805 */
7806 else
7807 {
7808 /*
7809 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7810 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7811 * of a function
7812 */
7813
7814 if (theline[0] == '{')
7815 {
7816 amount = ind_first_open;
7817 }
7818
7819 /*
7820 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7821 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007822 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7823 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7824 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007825 */
7826 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7827 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007828 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7829 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007830 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7831 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7832 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7833 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7834 {
7835 amount = ind_func_type;
7836 }
7837 else
7838 {
7839 amount = 0;
7840 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7841
7842 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7843
7844 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7845 {
7846 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7847 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7848
7849 l = ml_get_curline();
7850
7851 /*
7852 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7853 */ /* XXX */
7854 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7855 {
7856 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007857 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007858 continue;
7859 }
7860
7861 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007862 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7863 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007864 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007865 n = FALSE;
7866 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7867 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007868 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007869 l = ml_get_curline();
7870 }
7871 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007872 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007873 /* XXX */
7874 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7875 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007876 break;
7877 }
7878
7879 /*
7880 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7881 */
7882 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7883 continue;
7884
7885 if (cin_nocode(l))
7886 continue;
7887
7888 /*
7889 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7890 * indentation:
7891 * int foo,
7892 * bar;
7893 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7894 * enum foobar
7895 * {
7896 * ...
7897 * } foo,
7898 * bar;
7899 */
7900 n = 0;
7901 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7902 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7903 {
7904 /* take us back to opening paren */
7905 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7906 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7907 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007908 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007909
7910 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7911 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7912 * char *foo = "bla\
7913 * bla",
7914 * here;
7915 */
7916 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7917 {
7918 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7919 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7920 break;
7921 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007922 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007923 }
7924
7925 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7926
7927 if (amount == 0)
7928 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7929 if (amount == 0)
7930 amount = ind_continuation;
7931 break;
7932 }
7933
7934 /*
7935 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7936 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7937 */
7938 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7939 break;
7940 l = ml_get_curline();
7941
7942 /*
7943 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7944 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7945 */
7946 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7947 break;
7948
7949 /* (matching {)
7950 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7951 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7952 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7953 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7954 */
7955 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7956 break;
7957
7958 /*
7959 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7960 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7961 * parameters.
7962 */
7963 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7964 {
7965 amount = ind_param;
7966 break;
7967 }
7968
7969 /*
7970 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7971 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7972 * int foo,
7973 * bar;
7974 * indent_to_0 here;
7975 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007976 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007977 {
7978 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7979 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7980 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7981 break;
7982 l = ml_get_curline();
7983 }
7984
7985 /*
7986 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7987 * use the indent of this line.
7988 *
7989 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7990 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7991 */
7992 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7993
7994 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7995 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007996 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007997 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7998 break;
7999 }
8000
8001 /* add extra indent for a comment */
8002 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
8003 amount += ind_comment;
8004
8005 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
8006 * "asdfasdf\
8007 * here";
8008 * char *foo = "asdf\
8009 * here";
8010 */
8011 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8012 {
8013 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8014 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8015 {
8016 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8017 if (cur_amount > 0)
8018 amount = cur_amount;
8019 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8020 amount += ind_continuation;
8021 }
8022 }
8023 }
8024 }
8025
8026theend:
8027 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8028 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8029
8030 vim_free(linecopy);
8031
8032 if (amount < 0)
8033 return 0;
8034 return amount;
8035}
8036
8037 static int
8038find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8039 int lookfor;
8040 linenr_T ourscope;
8041 int ind_maxparen;
8042 int ind_maxcomment;
8043{
8044 char_u *look;
8045 pos_T *theirscope;
8046 char_u *mightbeif;
8047 int elselevel;
8048 int whilelevel;
8049
8050 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8051 {
8052 elselevel = 1;
8053 whilelevel = 0;
8054 }
8055 else
8056 {
8057 elselevel = 0;
8058 whilelevel = 1;
8059 }
8060
8061 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8062
8063 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8064 {
8065 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8067
8068 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8069 if (cin_iselse(look)
8070 || cin_isif(look)
8071 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8072 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8073 {
8074 /*
8075 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8076 * we must be out of scope...
8077 */
8078 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8079 if (theirscope == NULL)
8080 break;
8081
8082 /*
8083 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8084 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8085 * out of luck too.
8086 */
8087 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8088 break;
8089
8090 /*
8091 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8092 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8093 * different scope...
8094 */
8095 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8096 continue;
8097
8098 /*
8099 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8100 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8101 * increment elselevel
8102 */
8103 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8104 if (cin_iselse(look))
8105 {
8106 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8107 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8108 ++elselevel;
8109 continue;
8110 }
8111
8112 /*
8113 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8114 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8115 */
8116 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8117 {
8118 ++whilelevel;
8119 continue;
8120 }
8121
8122 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8123 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8124 if (cin_isif(look))
8125 {
8126 elselevel--;
8127 /*
8128 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8129 * get in the way.
8130 */
8131 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8132 whilelevel = 0;
8133 }
8134
8135 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8136 if (cin_isdo(look))
8137 whilelevel--;
8138
8139 /*
8140 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8141 * this must be the if that we want!
8142 * match the indent level of that if.
8143 */
8144 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8145 {
8146 return OK;
8147 }
8148 }
8149 }
8150 return FAIL;
8151}
8152
8153# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8154/*
8155 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8156 */
8157 int
8158get_expr_indent()
8159{
8160 int indent;
8161 pos_T pos;
8162 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008163 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8164 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008165
8166 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8167 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008168 if (use_sandbox)
8169 ++sandbox;
8170 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008171 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008172 if (use_sandbox)
8173 --sandbox;
8174 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008175
8176 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8177 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8178 * command. */
8179 save_State = State;
8180 State = INSERT;
8181 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8182 check_cursor();
8183 State = save_State;
8184
8185 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8186 if (indent < 0)
8187 indent = get_indent();
8188
8189 return indent;
8190}
8191# endif
8192
8193#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8194
8195#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8196
8197static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8198
8199 static int
8200lisp_match(p)
8201 char_u *p;
8202{
8203 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8204 int len;
8205 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8206
8207 while (*word != NUL)
8208 {
8209 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8210 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8211 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8212 return TRUE;
8213 }
8214 return FALSE;
8215}
8216
8217/*
8218 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8219 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8220 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8221 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8222 *
8223 * TODO:
8224 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8225 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8226 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8227 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8228 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8229 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008230 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8231 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008232 */
8233 int
8234get_lisp_indent()
8235{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008236 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008237 int amount;
8238 char_u *that;
8239 colnr_T col;
8240 colnr_T firsttry;
8241 int parencount, quotecount;
8242 int vi_lisp;
8243
8244 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8245 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8246
8247 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8248 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8249
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008250 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8251 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8252 else
8253 {
8254 paren = *pos;
8255 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8256 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8257 pos = &paren;
8258 }
8259 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008260 {
8261 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8262 * line that is at the same () level. */
8263 amount = -1;
8264 parencount = 0;
8265
8266 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8267 {
8268 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8269 continue;
8270 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8271 {
8272 if (*that == ';')
8273 {
8274 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8275 ++that;
8276 continue;
8277 }
8278 if (*that == '\\')
8279 {
8280 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8281 ++that;
8282 continue;
8283 }
8284 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8285 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008286 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8287 {
8288 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8289 if (*that == '\\')
8290 {
8291 if (*++that == NUL)
8292 break;
8293 if (that[1] == NUL)
8294 {
8295 ++that;
8296 break;
8297 }
8298 }
8299 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008300 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008301 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008302 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008303 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008304 --parencount;
8305 }
8306 if (parencount == 0)
8307 {
8308 amount = get_indent();
8309 break;
8310 }
8311 }
8312
8313 if (amount == -1)
8314 {
8315 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8316 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8317 col = pos->col;
8318
8319 that = ml_get_curline();
8320
8321 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8322 amount = 2;
8323 else
8324 {
8325 amount = 0;
8326 while (*that && col)
8327 {
8328 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8329 col--;
8330 }
8331
8332 /*
8333 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8334 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8335 *
8336 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8337 * (...)) of (...))
8338 */
8339
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008340 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8341 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008342 amount += 2;
8343 else
8344 {
8345 that++;
8346 amount++;
8347 firsttry = amount;
8348
8349 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8350 {
8351 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8352 ++that;
8353 }
8354
8355 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8356 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008357 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008358 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008359 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008360 firsttry++;
8361
8362 parencount = 0;
8363 quotecount = 0;
8364
8365 if (vi_lisp
8366 || (*that != '"'
8367 && *that != '\''
8368 && *that != '#'
8369 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8370 {
8371 while (*that
8372 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8373 || quotecount
8374 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008375 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008376 && !quotecount
8377 && !parencount
8378 && vi_lisp)))
8379 {
8380 if (*that == '"')
8381 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008382 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8383 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008384 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008385 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8386 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008387 --parencount;
8388 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8389 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8390 (colnr_T)amount);
8391 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8392 (colnr_T)amount);
8393 }
8394 }
8395 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8396 {
8397 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8398 that++;
8399 }
8400 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8401 amount = firsttry;
8402 }
8403 }
8404 }
8405 }
8406 }
8407 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008408 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008409
8410 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8411
8412 return amount;
8413}
8414#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8415
8416 void
8417prepare_to_exit()
8418{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008419#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8420 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8421 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8422 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008423 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8424#endif
8425
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008426#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8427 if (gui.in_use)
8428 {
8429 gui.dying = TRUE;
8430 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8431 }
8432 else
8433#endif
8434 {
8435 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8436
8437 /*
8438 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8439 * screen (if there are two screens).
8440 */
8441 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8442#ifdef WIN3264
8443 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8444#endif
8445 stoptermcap();
8446 out_flush();
8447 }
8448}
8449
8450/*
8451 * Preserve files and exit.
8452 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8453 */
8454 void
8455preserve_exit()
8456{
8457 buf_T *buf;
8458
8459 prepare_to_exit();
8460
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008461 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8462 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8463 really_exiting = TRUE;
8464
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008465 out_str(IObuff);
8466 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8467 out_flush();
8468
8469 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8470
8471 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8472 {
8473 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8474 {
8475 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8476 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8477 out_flush();
8478 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8479 break;
8480 }
8481 }
8482
8483 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8484
8485 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8486
8487 getout(1);
8488}
8489
8490/*
8491 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8492 */
8493 int
8494vim_fexists(fname)
8495 char_u *fname;
8496{
8497 struct stat st;
8498
8499 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8500 return FALSE;
8501 return TRUE;
8502}
8503
8504/*
8505 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8506 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8507 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8508 * time, because it can be a system call.
8509 */
8510
8511#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8512# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8513# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8514# else
8515# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8516# endif
8517#endif
8518
8519static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8520
8521 void
8522line_breakcheck()
8523{
8524 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8525 {
8526 breakcheck_count = 0;
8527 ui_breakcheck();
8528 }
8529}
8530
8531/*
8532 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8533 */
8534 void
8535fast_breakcheck()
8536{
8537 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8538 {
8539 breakcheck_count = 0;
8540 ui_breakcheck();
8541 }
8542}
8543
8544/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008545 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8546 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8547 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8548 */
8549 int
8550expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8551 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8552 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8553 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8554 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8555{
8556 int ret = FAIL;
8557 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8558 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8559 char_u *ignored_msg;
8560 int usedlen;
8561
8562 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8563 {
8564 ++emsg_off;
8565 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8566 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8567 --emsg_off;
8568 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8569 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8570 }
8571
8572 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8573 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8574
8575 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8576 {
8577 vim_free(exp_pat);
8578 vim_free(eval_pat);
8579 }
8580
8581 return ret;
8582}
8583
8584/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008585 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8586 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008587 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008588 */
8589 int
8590expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8591 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8592 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8593 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8594 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8595 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8596{
8597 int retval;
8598 int i, j;
8599 char_u *p;
8600 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8601
8602 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8603
8604 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008605 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008606 return retval;
8607
8608#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8609 /*
8610 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8611 */
8612 if (*p_wig)
8613 {
8614 char_u *ffname;
8615
8616 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8617 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8618 {
8619 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8620 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8621 break;
8622# ifdef VMS
8623 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8624# endif
8625 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8626 {
8627 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8628 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8629 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8630 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8631 --*num_file;
8632 --i;
8633 }
8634 vim_free(ffname);
8635 }
8636 }
8637#endif
8638
8639 /*
8640 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8641 */
8642 if (*num_file > 1)
8643 {
8644 non_suf_match = 0;
8645 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8646 {
8647 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8648 {
8649 /*
8650 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8651 * of the list.
8652 */
8653 p = (*file)[i];
8654 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8655 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8656 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8657 }
8658 }
8659 }
8660
8661 return retval;
8662}
8663
8664/*
8665 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8666 */
8667 int
8668match_suffix(fname)
8669 char_u *fname;
8670{
8671 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8672 char_u *setsuf;
8673#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8674 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8675
8676 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8677 setsuflen = 0;
8678 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8679 {
8680 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008681 if (setsuflen == 0)
8682 {
8683 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8684
8685 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8686 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8687 {
8688 setsuflen = 1;
8689 break;
8690 }
8691 }
8692 else
8693 {
8694 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8695 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8696 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8697 break;
8698 setsuflen = 0;
8699 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008700 }
8701 return (setsuflen != 0);
8702}
8703
8704#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8705
8706# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8707static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8708static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8709# endif
8710
8711# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8712/*
8713 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8714 * it's shared between these systems.
8715 */
8716# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8717# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8718# else
8719# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8720# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8721# endif
8722# endif
8723
8724/*
8725 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8726 */
8727 static int _cdecl
8728pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8729{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008730 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008731}
8732
8733# ifndef WIN3264
8734 static void
8735namelowcpy(
8736 char_u *d,
8737 char_u *s)
8738{
8739# ifdef DJGPP
8740 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8741 while (*s)
8742 *d++ = *s++;
8743 else
8744# endif
8745 while (*s)
8746 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8747 *d = NUL;
8748}
8749# endif
8750
8751/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008752 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8753 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008754 * Return the number of matches found.
8755 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8756 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008757 * Return the number of matches found.
8758 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008759 */
8760 static int
8761dos_expandpath(
8762 garray_T *gap,
8763 char_u *path,
8764 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008765 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008766 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008767{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008768 char_u *buf;
8769 char_u *path_end;
8770 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8771 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8772 char_u *pat;
8773 regmatch_T regmatch;
8774 int starts_with_dot;
8775 int matches;
8776 int len;
8777 int starstar = FALSE;
8778 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008779#ifdef WIN3264
8780 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8781 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8782# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8783 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8784 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8785# endif
8786#else
8787 struct ffblk fb;
8788#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008789 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008790 int ok;
8791
8792 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8793 if (stardepth > 0)
8794 {
8795 ui_breakcheck();
8796 if (got_int)
8797 return 0;
8798 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008799
8800 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008801 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008802 if (buf == NULL)
8803 return 0;
8804
8805 /*
8806 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8807 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8808 */
8809 p = buf;
8810 s = buf;
8811 e = NULL;
8812 path_end = path;
8813 while (*path_end != NUL)
8814 {
8815 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8816 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8817 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8818 *p++ = *path_end++;
8819 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8820 {
8821 if (e != NULL)
8822 break;
8823 s = p + 1;
8824 }
8825 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8826 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8827 e = p;
8828#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8829 if (has_mbyte)
8830 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008831 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008832 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8833 p += len;
8834 path_end += len;
8835 }
8836 else
8837#endif
8838 *p++ = *path_end++;
8839 }
8840 e = p;
8841 *e = NUL;
8842
8843 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8844 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8845 * component. */
8846 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8847 if (rem_backslash(p))
8848 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008849 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008850 --e;
8851 --s;
8852 }
8853
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008854 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8855 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8856 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8857 starstar = TRUE;
8858
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008859 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8860 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8861 if (pat == NULL)
8862 {
8863 vim_free(buf);
8864 return 0;
8865 }
8866
8867 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8868 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8869 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8870 vim_free(pat);
8871
8872 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8873 {
8874 vim_free(buf);
8875 return 0;
8876 }
8877
8878 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8879 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8880
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008881 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8882 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8883 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8884 && *path_end == '/')
8885 {
8886 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8887 ++stardepth;
8888 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8889 --stardepth;
8890 }
8891
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008892 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8893 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8894#ifdef WIN3264
8895# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8896 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8897 {
8898 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8899 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8900 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008901 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008902 if (wn != NULL)
8903 {
8904 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8905 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8906 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8907 {
8908 vim_free(wn);
8909 wn = NULL;
8910 }
8911 }
8912 }
8913
8914 if (wn == NULL)
8915# endif
8916 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8917 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8918#else
8919 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8920 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8921 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8922#endif
8923
8924 while (ok)
8925 {
8926#ifdef WIN3264
8927# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8928 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008929 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008930 else
8931# endif
8932 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8933#else
8934 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8935#endif
8936 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8937 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8938 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8939 && (matchname == NULL
8940 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8941 {
8942#ifdef WIN3264
8943 STRCPY(s, p);
8944#else
8945 namelowcpy(s, p);
8946#endif
8947 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008948
8949 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8950 {
8951 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8952 * find matches. */
8953 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8954 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8955 ++stardepth;
8956 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8957 --stardepth;
8958 }
8959
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008960 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8961 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8962 {
8963 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8964 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008965 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008966 }
8967 else
8968 {
8969 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8970 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8971 if (*path_end != 0)
8972 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8973 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8974 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8975 }
8976 }
8977
8978#ifdef WIN3264
8979# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8980 if (wn != NULL)
8981 {
8982 vim_free(p);
8983 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8984 }
8985 else
8986# endif
8987 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8988#else
8989 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8990#endif
8991
8992 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8993 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8994 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8995 {
8996 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8997#ifdef WIN3264
8998 FindClose(hFind);
8999# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9000 if (wn != NULL)
9001 {
9002 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00009003 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009004 if (wn != NULL)
9005 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
9006 }
9007 if (wn == NULL)
9008# endif
9009 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9010 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9011#else
9012 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9013 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9014#endif
9015 vim_free(matchname);
9016 matchname = NULL;
9017 }
9018 }
9019
9020#ifdef WIN3264
9021 FindClose(hFind);
9022# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9023 vim_free(wn);
9024# endif
9025#endif
9026 vim_free(buf);
9027 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9028 vim_free(matchname);
9029
9030 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9031 if (matches > 0)
9032 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9033 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9034 return matches;
9035}
9036
9037 int
9038mch_expandpath(
9039 garray_T *gap,
9040 char_u *path,
9041 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9042{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009043 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009044}
9045# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9046
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009047#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9048 || defined(PROTO)
9049/*
9050 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9051 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9052 */
9053static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9054
9055 static int
9056pstrcmp(a, b)
9057 const void *a, *b;
9058{
9059 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9060}
9061
9062/*
9063 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9064 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9065 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9066 * at "path + wildoff".
9067 * Return the number of matches found.
9068 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9069 */
9070 int
9071unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9072 garray_T *gap;
9073 char_u *path;
9074 int wildoff;
9075 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9076 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9077{
9078 char_u *buf;
9079 char_u *path_end;
9080 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9081 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9082 char_u *pat;
9083 regmatch_T regmatch;
9084 int starts_with_dot;
9085 int matches;
9086 int len;
9087 int starstar = FALSE;
9088 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9089
9090 DIR *dirp;
9091 struct dirent *dp;
9092
9093 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9094 if (stardepth > 0)
9095 {
9096 ui_breakcheck();
9097 if (got_int)
9098 return 0;
9099 }
9100
9101 /* make room for file name */
9102 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9103 if (buf == NULL)
9104 return 0;
9105
9106 /*
9107 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9108 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9109 */
9110 p = buf;
9111 s = buf;
9112 e = NULL;
9113 path_end = path;
9114 while (*path_end != NUL)
9115 {
9116 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9117 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9118 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9119 *p++ = *path_end++;
9120 else if (*path_end == '/')
9121 {
9122 if (e != NULL)
9123 break;
9124 s = p + 1;
9125 }
9126 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9127 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9128 e = p;
9129#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9130 if (has_mbyte)
9131 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009132 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009133 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9134 p += len;
9135 path_end += len;
9136 }
9137 else
9138#endif
9139 *p++ = *path_end++;
9140 }
9141 e = p;
9142 *e = NUL;
9143
9144 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9145 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9146 * component. */
9147 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9148 if (rem_backslash(p))
9149 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009150 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009151 --e;
9152 --s;
9153 }
9154
9155 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9156 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9157 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9158 starstar = TRUE;
9159
9160 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9161 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9162 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9163 if (pat == NULL)
9164 {
9165 vim_free(buf);
9166 return 0;
9167 }
9168
9169 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009170#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009171 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9172#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009173 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9174 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9175 else
9176 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009177#endif
9178 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9179 vim_free(pat);
9180
9181 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9182 {
9183 vim_free(buf);
9184 return 0;
9185 }
9186
9187 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9188 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9189 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9190 && *path_end == '/')
9191 {
9192 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9193 ++stardepth;
9194 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9195 --stardepth;
9196 }
9197
9198 /* open the directory for scanning */
9199 *s = NUL;
9200 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9201
9202 /* Find all matching entries */
9203 if (dirp != NULL)
9204 {
9205 for (;;)
9206 {
9207 dp = readdir(dirp);
9208 if (dp == NULL)
9209 break;
9210 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9211 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9212 {
9213 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9214 len = STRLEN(buf);
9215
9216 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9217 {
9218 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9219 * find matches. */
9220 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9221 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9222 ++stardepth;
9223 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9224 --stardepth;
9225 }
9226
9227 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9228 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9229 {
9230 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9231 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9232 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9233 }
9234 else
9235 {
9236 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9237 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9238 if (*path_end != NUL)
9239 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9240 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9241 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009242#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009243 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9244 char_u *precomp_buf =
9245 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009246
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009247 if (precomp_buf)
9248 {
9249 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9250 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9251 }
9252#endif
9253 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9254 }
9255 }
9256 }
9257 }
9258
9259 closedir(dirp);
9260 }
9261
9262 vim_free(buf);
9263 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9264
9265 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9266 if (matches > 0)
9267 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9268 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9269 return matches;
9270}
9271#endif
9272
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009273#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9274static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9275static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009276static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9277static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009278static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9279static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9280
9281/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009282 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9283 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009284 */
9285 static int
9286find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9287 char_u *path;
9288 char_u **psep;
9289{
9290 /* skip the current separator */
9291 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009292 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009293
9294 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009295 while (*psep > path)
9296 {
9297 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9298 return OK;
9299 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9300 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009301
9302 return FAIL;
9303}
9304
9305/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009306 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9307 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009308 */
9309 static int
9310is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9311 char_u *maybe_unique;
9312 garray_T *gap;
9313 int i;
9314{
9315 int j;
9316 int candidate_len;
9317 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009318 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009319 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009320
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009321 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009322 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009323 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009324 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009325
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009326 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9327 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009328 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009329 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009330
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009331 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009332 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9333 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009334 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009335 }
9336
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009337 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009338}
9339
9340/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009341 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009342 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9343 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9344 * directory) notations.
9345 *
9346 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9347 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9348 */
9349 static void
9350expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9351 char_u *curdir;
9352 garray_T *gap;
9353{
9354 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9355 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9356 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009357 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009358 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009359
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009360 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009361 return;
9362
9363 while (*path_option != NUL)
9364 {
9365 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9366
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009367 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009368 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009369 /* Relative to current buffer:
9370 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9371 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009372 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9373 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009374 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9375 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9376 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9377 continue;
9378 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9379 buf[len] = NUL;
9380 else
9381 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9382 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9383 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009384 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009385 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9386 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009387 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009388 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009389 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009390 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009391 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9392 {
9393 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009394 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9395 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009396 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009397 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009398 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009399 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009400 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009401 }
9402
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009403 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9404 break;
9405 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9406 if (p == NULL)
9407 break;
9408 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009409 }
9410
9411 vim_free(buf);
9412}
9413
9414/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009415 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9416 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009417 *
9418 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9419 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009420 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009421 */
9422 static char_u *
9423get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9424 char_u *fname;
9425 garray_T *gap;
9426{
9427 int i;
9428 int maxlen = 0;
9429 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9430 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9431
9432 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9433 {
9434 int j = 0;
9435
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009436 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009437# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009438 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9439#endif
9440 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009441 j++;
9442 if (j > maxlen)
9443 {
9444 maxlen = j;
9445 cutoff = &fname[j];
9446 }
9447 }
9448
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009449 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009450 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009451 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009452 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009453
9454 return cutoff;
9455}
9456
9457/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009458 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9459 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9460 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009461 */
9462 static void
9463uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009464 garray_T *gap;
9465 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009466{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009467 int i;
9468 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009469 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009470 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009471 char_u *pat;
9472 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009473 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009474 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009475 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009476 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9477 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009478
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009479 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009480 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009481
9482 /*
9483 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9484 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009485 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009486 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009487 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009488 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009489 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9490 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009491 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009492 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009493 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9494 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9495 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009496 if (pat == NULL)
9497 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009498
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009499 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9500 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9501 vim_free(pat);
9502 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009503 return;
9504
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009505 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009506 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009507 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009508 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009509
9510 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009511 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9512 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009513
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009514 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009515 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009516 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9517 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009518 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009519 char_u *pathsep_p;
9520 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009521
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009522 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009523 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009524 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009525 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009526 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009527
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009528 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9529 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009530
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009531 /* we start at the end of the path */
9532 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9533
9534 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9535 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9536 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9537 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9538 {
9539 sort_again = TRUE;
9540 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9541 break;
9542 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009543
9544 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9545 {
9546 /*
9547 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9548 * 'possible' means:
9549 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9550 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9551 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009552 * Before curdir After
9553 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9554 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9555 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9556 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009557 */
9558 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009559 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9560#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009561 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009562 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009563 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009564 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009565 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9566#endif
9567 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009568 {
9569 STRCPY(path, ".");
9570 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009571 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009572 }
9573 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009574 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009575 }
9576
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009577 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009578 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009579 {
9580 char_u *rel_path;
9581 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9582
9583 if (path == NULL)
9584 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009585
9586 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9587 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009588 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9589 if (short_name == NULL)
9590 short_name = path;
9591 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9592 {
9593 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9594 continue;
9595 }
9596
9597 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9598 if (rel_path == NULL)
9599 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009600 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9601 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9602 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9603
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009604 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9605 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009606 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009607 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009608 }
9609
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009610theend:
9611 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009612 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9613 {
9614 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9615 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9616 vim_free(in_curdir);
9617 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009618 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009619 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009620
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009621 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009622 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009623}
9624
9625/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009626 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9627 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009628 * Returns the total number of matches.
9629 */
9630 static int
9631expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9632 garray_T *gap;
9633 char_u *pattern;
9634 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9635{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009636 char_u *curdir;
9637 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009638 char_u *files = NULL;
9639 char_u *s; /* start */
9640 char_u *e; /* end */
9641 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009642
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009643 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009644 return 0;
9645 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9646
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009647 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009648 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9649 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009650 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9651 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009652
9653 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9654 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9655 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009656 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009657
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009658 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009659 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009660 if (files == NULL)
9661 return 0;
9662
9663 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9664 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009665 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009666 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009667 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009668 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009669 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009670 {
9671 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9672 break;
9673 }
9674 else
9675 {
9676 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009677 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009678 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9679 e++;
9680 s = e;
9681 }
9682 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009683 vim_free(files);
9684
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009685 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009686}
9687#endif
9688
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009689#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9690/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009691 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9692 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009693 */
9694 void
9695remove_duplicates(gap)
9696 garray_T *gap;
9697{
9698 int i;
9699 int j;
9700 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9701
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009702 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009703 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9704 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9705 {
9706 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9707 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9708 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9709 --gap->ga_len;
9710 }
9711}
9712#endif
9713
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009714/*
9715 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9716 *
9717 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9718 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9719 *
9720 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9721 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9722 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9723 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9724 */
9725 int
9726gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9727 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9728 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9729 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9730 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9731 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9732{
9733 int i;
9734 garray_T ga;
9735 char_u *p;
9736 static int recursive = FALSE;
9737 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009738#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9739 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9740#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009741
9742 /*
9743 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9744 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9745 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9746 * return FAIL.
9747 */
9748 if (recursive)
9749#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9750 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9751#else
9752 return FAIL;
9753#endif
9754
9755#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9756 /*
9757 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9758 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9759 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9760 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9761 */
9762 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9763 {
9764 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9765# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9766 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9767# endif
9768 )
9769 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9770 }
9771#endif
9772
9773 recursive = TRUE;
9774
9775 /*
9776 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9777 */
9778 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9779
9780 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9781 {
9782 add_pat = -1;
9783 p = pat[i];
9784
9785#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9786 if (vim_backtick(p))
9787 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9788 else
9789#endif
9790 {
9791 /*
9792 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9793 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009794 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009795 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009796 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009797 if (p == NULL)
9798 p = pat[i];
9799#ifdef UNIX
9800 /*
9801 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9802 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9803 * found file names and start all over again.
9804 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009805 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009806 {
9807 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009808 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009809 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9810 flags);
9811 recursive = FALSE;
9812 return i;
9813 }
9814#endif
9815 }
9816
9817 /*
9818 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9819 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9820 * the pattern.
9821 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9822 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9823 */
9824 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009825 {
9826#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009827 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9828 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9829 && !(p[0] == '.'
9830 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9831 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9832 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009833 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009834 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9835 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009836 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009837 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009838 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009839 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009840 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009841 else
9842#endif
9843 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9844 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009845 }
9846
9847 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9848 {
9849 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9850
9851#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9852 slash_to_colon(t);
9853#endif
9854 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9855 * "vim c:/" work. */
9856 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9857 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9858 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9859 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9860 vim_free(t);
9861 }
9862
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009863#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009864 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009865 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9866#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009867 if (p != pat[i])
9868 vim_free(p);
9869 }
9870
9871 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9872 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9873
9874 recursive = FALSE;
9875
9876 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9877}
9878
9879# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9880
9881/*
9882 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9883 */
9884 static int
9885vim_backtick(p)
9886 char_u *p;
9887{
9888 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9889}
9890
9891/*
9892 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9893 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9894 * Returns number of file names found.
9895 */
9896 static int
9897expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9898 garray_T *gap;
9899 char_u *pat;
9900 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9901{
9902 char_u *p;
9903 char_u *cmd;
9904 char_u *buffer;
9905 int cnt = 0;
9906 int i;
9907
9908 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9909 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9910 if (cmd == NULL)
9911 return 0;
9912
9913#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9914 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009915 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009916 else
9917#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009918 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9919 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009920 vim_free(cmd);
9921 if (buffer == NULL)
9922 return 0;
9923
9924 cmd = buffer;
9925 while (*cmd != NUL)
9926 {
9927 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9928 p = cmd;
9929 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9930 ++p;
9931 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9932 if (p > cmd)
9933 {
9934 i = *p;
9935 *p = NUL;
9936 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9937 *p = i;
9938 ++cnt;
9939 }
9940 cmd = p;
9941 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9942 ++cmd;
9943 }
9944
9945 vim_free(buffer);
9946 return cnt;
9947}
9948# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9949
9950/*
9951 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9952 * EW_DIR add directories
9953 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009954 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009955 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9956 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9957 */
9958 void
9959addfile(gap, f, flags)
9960 garray_T *gap;
9961 char_u *f; /* filename */
9962 int flags;
9963{
9964 char_u *p;
9965 int isdir;
9966
9967 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9968 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9969 return;
9970
9971#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9972 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9973 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9974 return;
9975#endif
9976
9977 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9978 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9979 return;
9980
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009981 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9982 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9983 return;
9984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009985 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9986 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9987 return;
9988
9989 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9990 if (p == NULL)
9991 return;
9992
9993 STRCPY(p, f);
9994#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9995 slash_adjust(p);
9996#endif
9997 /*
9998 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9999 */
10000#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
10001 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
10002 add_pathsep(p);
10003#endif
10004 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010005}
10006#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
10007
10008#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10009
10010#ifndef SEEK_SET
10011# define SEEK_SET 0
10012#endif
10013#ifndef SEEK_END
10014# define SEEK_END 2
10015#endif
10016
10017/*
10018 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10019 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10020 */
10021 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010022get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010023 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010024 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010025 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10026{
10027 char_u *tempname;
10028 char_u *command;
10029 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10030 int len;
10031 int i = 0;
10032 FILE *fd;
10033
10034 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10035 return NULL;
10036
10037 /* get a name for the temp file */
10038 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10039 {
10040 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10041 return NULL;
10042 }
10043
10044 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010045 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010046 if (command == NULL)
10047 goto done;
10048
10049 /*
10050 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10051 * Don't check timestamps here.
10052 */
10053 ++no_check_timestamps;
10054 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10055 --no_check_timestamps;
10056
10057 vim_free(command);
10058
10059 /*
10060 * read the names from the file into memory
10061 */
10062# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010063 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010064 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10065# else
10066 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10067# endif
10068
10069 if (fd == NULL)
10070 {
10071 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10072 goto done;
10073 }
10074
10075 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10076 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10077 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10078
10079 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10080 if (buffer != NULL)
10081 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10082 fclose(fd);
10083 mch_remove(tempname);
10084 if (buffer == NULL)
10085 goto done;
10086#ifdef VMS
10087 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10088#endif
10089 if (i != len)
10090 {
10091 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10092 vim_free(buffer);
10093 buffer = NULL;
10094 }
10095 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010096 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010097
10098done:
10099 vim_free(tempname);
10100 return buffer;
10101}
10102#endif
10103
10104/*
10105 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10106 * functions.
10107 */
10108 void
10109FreeWild(count, files)
10110 int count;
10111 char_u **files;
10112{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010113 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010114 return;
10115#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10116 /*
10117 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10118 * been used???
10119 */
10120 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10121#else
10122 while (count--)
10123 vim_free(files[count]);
10124 vim_free(files);
10125#endif
10126}
10127
10128/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010129 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010130 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10131 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10132 */
10133 int
10134goto_im()
10135{
10136 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10137}